7302 Product Information Manual 5vs4i
This document was ed by and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this report form. Report r6l17
Overview 4q3b3c
& View 7302 Product Information Manual as PDF for free.
More details 26j3b
- Words: 22,908
- Pages: 114
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER | RELEASE 4.2.03 PRODUCT INFORMATION
3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary This document contains proprietary information of Alcatel-Lucent and is not to be disclosed or used except in accordance with applicable agreements. Copyright 2011 © Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented, which is subject to change without notice. Alcatel, Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are ed trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Copyright 2011 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved. Disclaimers
Alcatel-Lucent products are intended for commercial uses. Without the appropriate network design engineering, they must not be sold, licensed or otherwise distributed for use in any hazardous environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft navigation or communication systems, air traffic control, direct life- machines, or weapons systems, in which the failure of products could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical or environmental damage. The customer hereby agrees that the use, sale, license or other distribution of the products for any such application without the prior written consent of Alcatel-Lucent, shall be at the customer's sole risk. The customer hereby agrees to defend and hold Alcatel-Lucent harmless from any claims for loss, cost, damage, expense or liability that may arise out of or in connection with the use, sale, license or other distribution of the products in such applications. This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel-Lucent products. Please note that this information is provided as a courtesy to assist you. While Alcatel-Lucent tries to ensure that this information accurately reflects information provided by the supplier, please refer to the materials provided with any non-Alcatel-Lucent product and the supplier for confirmation. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility or liability for incorrect or incomplete information provided about non-Alcatel-Lucent products. However, this does not constitute a representation or warranty. The warranties provided for Alcatel-Lucent products, if any, are set forth in contractual documentation entered into by Alcatel-Lucent and its customers. This document was originally written in English. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the English version and any other version of a document, the English version shall prevail.
When printed by Alcatel-Lucent, this document is printed on recycled paper.
Preface
This preface provides general information about the documentation set for the 7302 Intelligent Services Access Manager (7302 ISAM).
Scope This documentation set provides information about safety, features and functionality, ordering, hardware installation and maintenance, CLI and TL1 commands, and software upgrade and migration procedures.
Audience This documentation set is intended for planners, s, operators, and maintenance personnel involved in installing, upgrading, or maintaining the 7302 ISAM.
Prerequisite knowledge The reader must be familiar with general telecommunications principles.
Safety information For ETSI safety information, see the 7302 ISAM Safety Manual.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
iii
Preface
The following are examples of how special information is presented in this document. Danger — Danger indicates that the described activity or situation
may result in serious personal injury or death; for example, high voltage or electric shock hazards. Warning — Warning indicates that the described activity or situation
may, or will, cause equipment damage or serious performance problems. Caution — Caution indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause service interruption.
Note — A note provides information that is, or may be, of special
interest.
Document conventions The following conventions are used in this documentation set.
Measurement conventions Measurements in this document are expressed in imperial units. If metric measurements are included, they appear in brackets following the imperial measurement. Time and metric measurements follow the Système international d’unités (SI) standard for abbreviation of time and metric units (for example, the abbreviation for minute is min and for second is s).
Acronyms See the glossary included with the System Description for the expansion of acronyms used in this documentation set.
Release notes Be sure to refer to the release notes (such as the Customer Release Notes or Emergency Fix Release Note) issued for software loads of the 7302 ISAM before you install or use the 7302 ISAM. The release notes provide important information about the software load.
Documents Table 1 lists the documents that make up the 7302 ISAM Release 4.2.03 documentation set. iv
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
Preface Table 1 7302 ISAM Release 4.2.03 documentation set Title
Description
Part number
CD containing all the documents in the 7302 ISAM documentation set (1)
3HH-09357-CAAA
Product Information
Provides general system information for the 7302 ISAM
3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Provides conceptual information for the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN and the 7356 ISAM FTTB equipped with the 24Gbps NT
3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 100/320Gbps NT
Provides conceptual information for the 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN equipped with the 100Gpbs or the 320Gbps NT
3HH-08871-BAAA-TQZZA
Safety Manual
Provides general safety guidelines when handling, installing, or operating the 7302 ISAM equipment
3HH-09138-AAAA-TCZZA
FD Hardware Installation Guide
Describes the hardware installation for the 7302 ISAM FD equipment
3HH-07197-AAAA-RJZZA
FD MII Hardware Installation Guide
Describes the hardware installation for the 7302 ISAM FD MII equipment
3HH-07198-AAAA-RJZZA
TL1 Commands and Messages for FD 24Gbps NT
Describes the TL1 commands and messages for the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN and the 7356 ISAM FTTB equipped with the 24Gbps NT
3HH-09001-AAAA-TCZZA
TL1 Commands and Messages for FD 100/320Gbps NT
Describes the TL1 commands and messages for the 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN equipped with the 100Gpbs or the 320Gbps NT
3HH-09001-BAAA-TCZZA
Operations and Maintenance Using TL1 for FD 24Gbps NT
Provides task-oriented procedures using TL1 for operating and maintaining the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN and the 7356 ISAM FTTB equipped with the 24Gbps NT
3HH-09000-AAAA-TQZZA
Operations and Maintenance Using TL1 for FD 100/320Gbps NT
Provides task-oriented procedures using TL1 for operating and maintaining the 7302 ISAM and 7330 ISAM FTTN equipped with the 100Gpbs or the 320Gbps NT
3HH-09000-BAAA-TQZZA
CLI Commands for FD 24Gbps NT
Describes the CLI commands for the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN and the 7356 ISAM FTTB equipped with the 24Gbps NT
3HH-04416-DCAA-TCZZA
CLI Commands for FD 100/320Gbps NT
Describes the CLI commands for the 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN equipped the 100Gpbs or the 320Gbps NT
3HH-08079-DCAA-TCZZA
Operations and Maintenance Using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT
Provides task-oriented procedures using CLI for operating and maintaining the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN and the 7356 ISAM FTTB equipped with the 24Gbps NT
3HH-08999-AAAA-TQZZA
Operations and Maintenance Using CLI for FD 100/320Gbps NT
Provides task-oriented procedures using CLI for operating and maintaining the 7302 ISAM and 7330 ISAM FTTN equipped with the 100Gpbs or the 320Gbps NT
3HH-08999-BAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT IHub System Basics, Management and OAM Guide
Describes the IHub system basics, system management and OAM (Operations and Maintenance)
3HH-09136-AAAA-TQZZA
Documentation CD 7302 ISAM CD General documentation
Hardware documentation
TL1 documentation
CLI documentation
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
v
Preface
Title
Description
Part number
FD 100/320Gbps NT IHub Interface Guide
Describes the IHub system interfaces
3HH-09363-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT IHub QoS Guide
Describes the IHub Quality of Service
3HH-09135-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT IHub Router Configuration and Protocols Guide
Describes the IHub router configuration and router protocols
3HH-08997-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT IHub Services Guide
Describes the IHub services
3HH-08998-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps MPLS Guide
Describes the IHub MPLS services
3HH-09364-AAAA-TQZZA
Software Installation Guide
Describes the software management of the 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN equipment
3HH-07196-AAAA-RJZZA
Software Upgrade and Migration Application Procedures
Provides instructions for using the automated tools for upgrading and migrating the software for the 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN
3HH-08277-AAAA-TCZZA
Software documentation(1)
(2 of 2) Note (1)
vi
Software documentation is not included on the 7302 ISAM documentation CD
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
Contents
Preface
iii
Scope ............................................................................................... iii Audience ............................................................................................... iii Prerequisite knowledge ............................................................................... iii Safety information ..................................................................................... iii Document conventions ................................................................................ iv Release notes........................................................................................... iv Documents .............................................................................................. iv
1—
System Overview 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8
2—
Subracks 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8
1-1
Introduction .............................................................................. 1-2 System Architecture .................................................................... 1-6 Network Management ................................................................. 1-25 Equipment Management .............................................................. 1-26 Board Capabilities and Dimensioning ............................................... 1-27 NT Redundancy ............................................................... 1-39 MTA and 1:N LT Redundancy ............................................... 1-41 CLEI Codes............................................................................... 1-42
2-1
Introduction .............................................................................. 2-2 General ................................................................................... 2-2 7302 FD Subrack ......................................................................... 2-3 FD MTA Splitter Subrack .............................................................. 2-16 FD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack ......................................................... 2-21 XD MTA Splitter Subrack .............................................................. 2-24 XD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack......................................................... 2-27 Weight of the Different Components ............................................... 2-30
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
vii
Contents
3—
Physical Rack Equipment 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5
4—
5—
5-1
Introduction .............................................................................. 5-2 Optical Fiber Management Capacity ................................................. 5-2 SFP Optical Modules .................................................................... 5-3
Board Mnemonics A.1
4-1
General ................................................................................... 4-2 Rack Configurations..................................................................... 4-2
SFP Optical Modules 5.1 5.2 5.3
A.
General ................................................................................... 3-2 Rack Cabinet ............................................................................. 3-2 Side Plates ............................................................................... 3-5 Rack Doors ............................................................................... 3-6 Key Locks ................................................................................. 3-7
Rack Configurations 4.1 4.2
3-1
A-1
Board Mnemonics........................................................................ A-2
Index
viii
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1—
System Overview
1.1 Introduction
1-2
1.2 System Architecture
1-6
1.3 Network Management 1.4 Equipment Management
1-25 1-26
1.5 Board Capabilities and Dimensioning 1.6 NT Redundancy
1-39
1.7 MTA and 1:N LT Redundancy 1.8 CLEI Codes
1-27
1-41
1-42
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-1
1 — System Overview
1.1
Introduction The 7302 ISAM is a frame based Multi Service Access Platform, offering high-density copper and fiber connections for multimedia, high-speed internet access, voice and business services.
General Network Topology Figure 1-1 shows the basic network topology: Figure 1-1 General network topology IP Edge Router / BRAS Ethernet Switch xDSL
ISAM
NSP IP backbone
FE/GE/10GE
Ethernet Voice
EMAN
DS1/E1
NSP IP backbone
Video FE/GE/10GE
NSP IP backbone
ISAM ISAM shelf xDSL
xDSL LT
Ethernet Voice
Voice LT
NT
FE/GE
DS1/E1 ONT Video
FE/GE
Eth LT
OMCI GPON
GPON LT ISAM OLT
1-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
Side At the side, each 7302 ISAM shelf can terminate:
• • • •
DSL interfaces (ADSL, VDSL and SHDSL) Ethernet interfaces ive Optical Network (PON) interfaces (*) POTS/ISDN interface in the voice package Note — (*): Only applicable for 7302 ISAM equipped with a
100Gbps or a 320Gbps NT board.
It is possible to connect subtending DSLAMs to the FE/GE/10GE links at the side in:
• cascading mode: a chain of 1 subtending ISAM per ISAM; see Figure 1-2 • star mode: multiple subtending ISAMs per ISAM; see Figure 1-3 • ring mode (except when there is a ring behind a Hub-ISAM); see Figure 1-4. Figure 1-2 Cascading Topology
Cascading up to three levels ISAM ISAM
ISAM
k*FE/GE/10GE k*FE/GE/10GE
EMAN interfaces
interfaces
interfaces
Figure 1-3 Star Topology ISAM
ISAM
k*FE/GE/10GE
EMAN interfaces ISAM
interfaces
k*FE/GE/10GE interfaces
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-3
1 — System Overview Figure 1-4 Ring Topology ISAM interfaces
k*FE/GE/10GE ISAM
ISAM interfaces
EMAN
k*FE/GE/10GE
ISAM
interfaces
interfaces k*FE/GE/10GE
Network Side At the network side, the 7302 ISAM terminates FE, GE, 2.5 GE or 10GE links. The following configurations are possible:
• Connected to one or more Ethernet Switches The Ethernet links can be connected to one or more Ethernet Switches. These Ethernet Switches forward the frames over the Ethernet based aggregation access network until they reach the IP Edge Router or BRAS of the corresponding Network Service Provider (NSP). At the IP Edge Router or BRAS, the frames enter the IP backbone of the NSP. • More than one FE/GE link (link aggregation) In case of more than one FE or GE, Ethernet link aggregation is used. • Directly connected to an IP Edge Router The 7302 ISAM can be connected directly to the IP Edge Router or BRAS. The Ethernet aggregation network is reduced to one or more parallel Ethernet links. • Can also be connected to a Multi-protocol Label Switching (MPLS) network (when the ISAM is equipped with a 100Gbps or a 320Gbps NT board).
1-4
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview Figure 1-5 Network Connections IP Edge Router / BRAS Ethernet Switch ISAM interfaces
NSP IP backbone
m x FE/GE/10GE
EMAN
FE/GE
NSP IP backbone
n x FE/GE/10GE
NSP IP backbone
ISAM interfaces NSP IP backbone FE/GE
Note — A link is a term which is used to refer to the physical layer of an interface of the 7302 ISAM, for example, an ADSL link, an Ethernet link.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-5
1 — System Overview
1.2
System Architecture
Functional Decomposition The ISAM is built as a typical multiplexer which can be equipped with the following main boards:
• • • •
a Network Termination (NT) board (optionally 1+1 redundant) a NT Input/Output board (optional) a set of Line Termination (LT) boards implementing the interfaces. Gigabit ive Optical Network (GPON) LT boards Figure 1-6 ISAM Decomposition ISAM
NT
LT
…
NTIO
LT-applique
The ISAM’s management plane, control plane, and most of the data plane is realized on the NT board and on the LT boards. Figure 1-7 ISAM System Decomposition
NT
LT
xHub xHub control
Switch/Router
System control
LT-Control
Transport
IWF
Data plane Control plane
Note — In case of GPON, the LT must be considered as a GPON LT
and an ONT.
1-6
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
xHub is a common denominator for SHub and IHub:
• SHub: forwarder on the 24 Gbps NT board • IHub: forwarder on the 100 Gbps NT board and on the 320 Gbps NT board 24 Gbps NT Board
The 24 Gbps NT board consists of an SHub subsystem and a System Control subsystem.
• The SHub subsystem has basic L2 functionality (VLAN based) and limited L3 functionality and consists of a Gigabit-Ethernet switch device and switch control SW. The SHub control SW is integrated on the System Control OBC. • The System Control subsystem implements the management plane of the system (both the NT board and the LT boards) and part of the control plane (subscriber management in particular). The System Control consists of SW running on a powerful general purpose processor. It shares this processor with the SHub control SW (on the same processor core). 100 Gbps NT Board and 320 Gbps NT Board
The 100 Gbps NT board and the 320 Gbps NT board consist of an IHub subsystem and a System Control subsystem.
• The IHub subsystem has enhanced L2 functionality (VPLS based) and L3 functionality (VPRN based) and consists of a 10-Gigabit-Ethernet switch/router device, and IHub control software (SW). • The System Control subsystem implements the management plane of the system (both the NT board and the LT boards) and part of the control plane (subscriber management in particular). The System Control consists of SW running on a powerful general purpose processor. It shares this processor with the IHub control SW (on a separate processor core). Line Termination (LT) Boards
Line Termination (LT) boards are built from an InterWorking Function (IWF), a Transport subsystem and an LT-Control subsystem.
• The transport subsystem terminates the physical layer of the subscriber interfaces. It varies with the type of access technology used (ADSL, VDSL, SHDSL, Ethernet,...). • The IWF processes the packets in the fast path. It is capable of handling frames at L2 (basically bridging) and L3 (basically IP forwarding), including sophisticated filtering and traffic management, all at the line rate of the transport medium. • The LT-Control subsystem takes care of the slow path control plane and internal Operations And Maintenance applications.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-7
1 — System Overview
GPON LT Boards
The GPON functionality of the ISAM extends the system boundaries via up to 128 Optical Network Terminations (ONTs) over a fiber plant that can reach 10s of kilometers out from the GPON LT boards located in an ISAM shelf. These GPON LT boards provide the physical interfaces from the ISAM shelf towards the Customer Premises Equipment, that is, the ONTs. Note — GPON functionality is only applicable for ISAMs equipped with a 100Gbps NT or a 320Gbps NT board.
Physical Decomposition The following figures show the general functional architecture of the ISAM, from the viewpoint of its forwarding capabilities:
• Figure 1-8 is applicable for ISAMs equipped with a 24Gbps NT board. • Figure 1-9 is applicable for ISAMs equipped with a 100Gbps or a 320Gbps NT board. Figure 1-8 High-level ISAM Architecture for 24Gbps POTS/ISDN line
LTIO (splitter) Network links | Subtending links | links
E M A N
SHub switch
EPS SHub control
NTIO
2
-
n
IWF
Transport
E
ADSL VDSL SHDSL Ethernet
LT control LT
System control
NT
1-8
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview Figure 1-9 High-level ISAM Architecture for 100Gbps or 320Gbps POTS/ISDN line
LTIO (splitter) Network links | Subtending links | links
E M A N
IHub router
2
-
n
IWF
EPS IHub control
NTIO
Transport
LT control
E
ADSL VDSL SHDSL Ethernet
GPON
ONT
LT
System control
NT
An ISAM shelf consists out of the following board types:
• NT board • LT boards • NTIO board NT Board
Provisions are made to equip two NT boards in the shelf. These NT boards can act as an active / stand-by pair for all functions. The following NT boards are ed in FD equipment:
• NANT-A (24 Gbps NT board): This NT board with integrated SHub subsystem provides two GE links (1 optical link and 1 combo link (optical or electrical)) on the front . Provisions are made to equip two NT boards in the shelf. This NT board can act as an active / stand-by pair for all functions. • NANT-D (100 Gbps NT board): This NT board with integrated IHub subsystem provides the following links on the front :
• Three GE SFP ports: These ports can work both in 1 GE mode and in 2.5 GE mode.
• One 10GE SFPplus port: This port can work both in 1 GE mode (with standard SFP optics) and in 10 GE mode (with SFPplus optics).
• NANT-E (320 Gbps NT board): This NT board with integrated IHub subsystem provides the following links on the front :
• One electrical RJ45 interface: This port s 10/100/1000Base-T
• Four 10GE SFPplus port:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-9
1 — System Overview
These ports can work both in 1 GE mode (with standard SFP optics), in 2.5GE mode and in 10 GE mode (with SFPplus optics). LT Boards
The LT boards consists of a IWF, the transport termination and the LT control. The LT boards, also known as Line Interface Modules (LIMs), use a different interworking function between the side and the Ethernet network side, depending on the board type. Table 1-1 shows the ed LT boards with their physical interface types, density (that is, number of lines per board) and Interworking function (IWF) capability. Table 1-1 ed LT Boards LT Board
Physical Interfaces(1)
Overlay
Density
NT Interface
IWF
NALT-B
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L2
(2)
NALT-C
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALT-D
ADSL/2/2+
ISDN
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALT-E
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
72
1 GE
L2+
NALT-J
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALT-K
ADSL/2/2+
ISDN
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALT-L
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L2
(2)
NALT-M
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
72
1 GE
L2+
NALS-A
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALS-B
ADSL/2/2+
ISDN
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALS-C
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L2
(2)
NBAT-A
ISDN BA
2B1Q
24
1 GE
-
NBAT-B AA
ISDN BA
2B1Q
24
1 GE
-
NBAT-B BA
ISDN BA
4B3T
24
1 GE
-
NELT-A
Ethernet
-
16
1 GE
L3
(4)
NELT-B
Ethernet
-
36
1 GE (with NANT-A)
L3
(4)
L3
(4)(5)
(3)
(3)
2.5 GE (with NANT-D) 10 GE (with NANT-E) NGLT-A
GPON
-
8
2.5 GE (with NANT-D) 10 GE (with NANT-E)
NPOT-A
POTS
-
48
1 GE
-
NPOT-B
POTS
-
72
1 GE
-
NSLT-A
SHDSL
-
24
1 GE
L3
(4)
NSLT-B
SHDSL
-
24
1 GE
L3
(4)
NVLT-C
VDSL2
POTS
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
ADSL/2+ (1 of 2)
1-10
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
LT Board NVLT-D
Physical Interfaces(1)
Overlay
Density
NT Interface
IWF
VDSL2
ISDN
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
POTS
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
ISDN
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
POTS
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
POTS
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
POTS
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
ISDN
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
POTS
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
-
-
1 GE
L3
(4)
ADSL/2+ NVLT-G
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLT-H
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLT-M
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLT-N
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLT-P
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLT-Q
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLS-A
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVPS-A
-
(2 of 2) Notes (1) General: When a board s ADSL2, then READSL2 is also ed (2) L2: InterWorking Function (IWF) capability on Layer 2 only. For an overview of the IWF capabilities, refer to section 1.5 (3) L2+: IWF capability on Layer 2+. For an overview of the IWF capabilities, refer to section 1.5 (4) L3: IWF function capability on Layer 2 and Layer 3. For an overview of the IWF capabilities, refer to section 1.5 (5) Not all L3 features are ed in these ports, see Table 1-16
NTIO Board
The NTIO board plays the role of an applique to either the single NT board, or to both NT boards, depending on the NT redundancy configuration. It allows to decouple NT equipment protection from up-link protection in case of a redundant NT pair. In case the active NT fails, traffic on the NTIO external links will be switched automatically to and from the stand-by NT. Table 1-2 shows the ed NT I/O boards in FD equipment. Table 1-2 NT I/O Boards Board
Interfaces
Description / Remark
NCNC-B
Six additional external GE optical interfaces
• •
For FD equipment NT, NT I/O pair provides eight optical GE interfaces available for network / subtending / links
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-11
1 — System Overview
Board
Interfaces
Description / Remark
NCNC-D
Six additional external Ethernet interfaces:
• •
For FD equipment NT, NT I/O pair provides eight optical GE interfaces available for network / subtending / links
• •
For FD equipment NT, NT I/O pair provides two optical GE interfaces and two optical 10GE available for network / subtending / links
• •
For FD equipment NT, NT I/O pair provides three optical GE/2.5GE interfaces, three optical 10/100/GE/2.5GE interfaces and one optical 10GE available for network / subtending / links
• •
For FD equipment NT, NT I/O pair provides four optical GE interfaces available for network / subtending / links
• • • NCNC-F
two GE Optical and four GE/FE Optical (selectable) or four FE 10/100/1000 Electrical
Two additional external Ethernet interfaces:
•
two 10GE Optical
Five additional external Ethernet interfaces:
• • • NCNC-G
one 10GE Optical one GE/2.5GE three 10/100/GE/2.5GE
Two additional external Ethernet interfaces:
• •
two GPON ports with Fiber protection function (i.e. only 1 port can be active at the same time) one electrical GE 10/100/1000
(2 of 2)
Port mapping
The tables below list the port mapping for 7302 ISAM FD, that is, the mapping between the logical port numbers as used in the ISAM and the physical port numbers as visible on the equipment itself (frontplate numbering).
• Table 1-3 lists the different mapped items. • Table 1-4 lists the port mapping for the NANT-A board in a 7302 ISAM FD in extended LT slot subrack mode.
• Table 1-5 lists the port mapping for the NANT-A board in a 7302 ISAM FD in • • • • • •
1-12
dual NT + NTIO subrack mode. Table 1-6 lists the port mapping for the NANT-D board in a 7302 ISAM FD in extended LT slot subrack mode. Table 1-7 lists the port mapping for the NANT-D board in a 7302 ISAM FD in dual NT + NTIO subrack mode for NCNC-B and NCNC-D. Table 1-8 lists the port mapping for the NANT-D board in a 7302 ISAM FD in dual NT + NTIO subrack mode for NCNC-F. Table 1-9 lists the port mapping for the NANT-E board in a 7302 ISAM FD in extended LT slot subrack mode. Table 1-10 lists the port mapping for the NANT-E board in a 7302 ISAM FD in dual NT + NTIO subrack mode for NCNC-B and NCNC-D. Table 1-11 lists the port mapping for the NANT-E board in a 7302 ISAM FD in dual NT + NTIO subrack mode for NCNC-F.
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview Table 1-3 Mapped Items Item
Description
Physical Port Number
The physical switch device port number.
Logical Port Number
The port number as denoted in the SNMP management interface
LT port number (index based)
For internal LT ports, the index of the LT in the main subrack that corresponds to this port (for local LTs only)
Faceplate port number
For external ports, the manner in which this port is identified at the faceplate of the board.
Port state / configurability
For NTIO and Remote Aggregator ports, the manner in which this port can be configured:
• •
UP for uplinks/subtending/ links DOWN for internal LT links
and
• •
FIXED for fixed configuration (UP or DOWN) CONF for configurable configuration (UP or DOWN)
Table 1-4 NANT-A: Extended LT Slot Subrack Mode Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
4
1
1
6
2
2
8
3
3
10
4
4
12
5
5
14
6
6
16
7
7
18
8
8
17
9
9
15
10
10
13
11
11
11
12
12
9
13
13
7
14
14
5
15
15
3
16
16
23
17
17
2
18
18
Faceplate Port Number
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-13
1 — System Overview
Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
Faceplate Port Number
19
19
unused
20
20
21
21
22
22
1
23
1 (NT)
SFP
0
24
0 (NT)
SFP, Combo
(2 of 2)
Table 1-5 NANT-A: Dual NT + NTIO Subrack Mode
LT Slot Number(1)
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
NCNC-G (2 GPON)
Logical Port Number
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-A
4
1
1
6
2
2
8
3
3
10
4
4
12
5
5
14
6
6
16
7
7
18
8
8
17
9
9
15
10
10
13
11
11
11
12
12
9
13
13
7
14
14
5
15
15
3
16
16
19
17
as on NTIO
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED(2)
20
18
as on NTIO
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED(2)
21
19
as on NTIO
4 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
4 (NTIO)
subtenting
22
20
as on NTIO
5 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
2
21
as on NTIO
6 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
23
22
as on NTIO
7 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
(1 of 2)
1-14
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
1 (NT)
SFP
0
24
0 (NT)
SFP,
Port state/ Configurability
23
NCNC-G (2 GPON) Faceplate Port Number
1
Port state/ Configurability
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Logical Port Number
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-A
Combo (2 of 2) Notes (1) The LT slot number is index-based (2) For port 2 and port 3: only one port can be active at any one time
Table 1-6 NANT-D: Extended LT Slot Subrack Mode Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
Faceplate Port Number
6
10
1
18
11
2
15
12
3
17
13
4
34
14
5
36
15
6
46
16
7
44
17
8
45
18
9
47
19
10
35
20
11
33
21
12
16
22
13
19
23
14
7
24
15
5
25
16
28
26
17
32
27
18
2
2
1 (NT-A)
SFP
3
3
2 (NT-A)
SFP
14
4
3 (NT-A)
SFP
30
5
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-15
1 — System Overview
Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
Faceplate Port Number
6
1 (NT-B)
SFP
7
2 (NT-B)
SFP
8
3 (NT-B)
SFP
9
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
1
Virtual port (SW only)
(2 of 2)
Table 1-7 NANT-D: Dual NT + NTIO (NCNC-B, NCNC-D) Subrack Mode
Logical Port Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-D
6
10
1
18
11
2
15
12
3
17
13
4
34
14
5
36
15
6
46
16
7
44
17
8
45
18
9
47
19
10
35
20
11
33
21
12
16
22
13
19
23
14
7
24
15
5
25
16
26
28
as on NTIO
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
32
29
as on NTIO
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
43
30
as on NTIO
4 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
27
31
as on NTIO
5 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
29
32
as on NTIO
6 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
28
33
as on NTIO
7 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
2
2
1 (NT-A)
SFP
(1 of 2)
1-16
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
3
2 (NT-A)
SFP
14
4
3 (NT-A)
SFP
30
5
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
6
1 (NT-B)
SFP
7
2 (NT-B)
SFP
8
3 (NT-B)
SFP
9
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
Port state/ Configurability
Faceplate Port Number
3
1
Faceplate Port Number
Logical Port Port Number
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-D
Virtual port (SW only)
(2 of 2) Note (1)
The LT slot number is index-based
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-17
1 — System Overview Table 1-8 NANT-D: Dual NT + NTIO (NCNC-F) Subrack Mode
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
Port state/ Configurability
LT Slot Number(1)
NCNC-F (1 XFP and 4 SFP)
Logical Port Number
NCNC-F (2 XFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-D
6
10
1
18
11
2
15
12
3
17
13
4
34
14
5
36
15
6
46
16
7
44
17
8
45
18
9
47
19
10
35
20
11
33
21
12
16
22
13
19
23
14
7
24
15
5
25
16
32
31
as on NTIO
4 (NTIO)
Not ed
4 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
43
30
as on NTIO
3 (NTIO)
Not ed
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
27
29
as on NTIO
2 (NTIO)
Not ed
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
29
32
as on NTIO
X1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
X1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
28
33
as on NTIO
X2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
X2 (NTIO)
Not ed
28
28
as on NTIO
1 (NTIO)
Not ed
1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
2
2
1 (NT-A)
SFP
3
3
2 (NT-A)
SFP
14
4
3 (NT-A)
SFP
30
5
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
6
1 (NT-B)
SFP
7
2 (NT-B)
SFP
(1 of 2)
1-18
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
8
3 (NT-B)
SFP
9
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
1
Port state/ Configurability
NCNC-F (1 XFP and 4 SFP) Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
Faceplate Port Number
NCNC-F (2 XFP)
Faceplate Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
Logical Port Number
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-D
Virtual port (SW only)
(2 of 2) Note (1)
The LT slot number is index-based
Table 1-9 NANT-E: Extended LT Slot Subrack Mode Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
Faceplate Port Number
28
13
1
24
14
2
21
15
3
23
16
4
19
17
5
20
18
6
16
19
7
14
20
8
13
21
9
17
22
10
15
23
11
18
24
12
22
25
13
25
26
14
26
27
15
27
28
16
29
29
17
1
30
18
7
3
1 (NT-A)
RJ45
10
4
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
9
5
X2 (NT-A)
SFP+
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-19
1 — System Overview
Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
Faceplate Port Number
11
6
X3 (NT-A)
SFP+
12
7
X4 (NT-A)
SFP+
8
1 (NT-B)
RJ45
9
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
10
X2 (NT-B)
SFP+
11
X3 (NT-B)
SFP+
12
X4 (NT-B)
SFP+
(2 of 2)
Table 1-10 NANT-E: Dual NT + NTIO (NCNC-B, NCNC-D) Subrack Mode
Logical Port Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-E
28
13
1
24
14
2
21
15
3
23
16
4
19
17
5
20
18
6
16
19
7
14
20
8
13
21
9
17
22
10
15
23
11
18
24
12
22
25
13
25
26
14
26
27
15
27
28
16
34
31
as on NTIO
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
30
32
as on NTIO
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
31
33
as on NTIO
4 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
32
34
as on NTIO
5 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
33
35
as on NTIO
6 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
(1 of 2)
1-20
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
29
36
as on NTIO
7 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
7
3
1 (NT-A)
RJ45
10
4
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
9
5
X2 (NT-A)
SFP+
11
6
X3 (NT-A)
SFP+
12
7
X4 (NT-A)
SFP+
8
1 (NT-B)
RJ45
9
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
10
X2 (NT-B)
SFP+
11
X3 (NT-B)
SFP+
12
X4 (NT-B)
SFP+
LT Slot Number(1)
Logical Port Port Number
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-E
(2 of 2) Note (1)
The LT slot number is index-based
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-21
1 — System Overview Table 1-11 NANT-E: Dual NT + NTIO (NCNC-F) Subrack Mode
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
Port state/ Configurability
LT Slot Number(1)
NCNC-F (1 XFP and 4 SFP)
Logical Port Number
NCNC-F (2 XFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-E
28
13
1
24
14
2
21
15
3
23
16
4
19
17
5
20
18
6
16
19
7
14
20
8
13
21
9
17
22
10
15
23
11
18
24
12
22
25
13
25
26
14
26
27
15
27
28
16
34
31
as on NTIO
1 (NTIO)
Not ed
1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
30
32
as on NTIO
2 (NTIO)
Not ed
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
31
33
as on NTIO
3 (NTIO)
Not ed
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
32
34
as on NTIO
4 (NTIO)
Not ed
4 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
33
35
as on NTIO
X1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
X1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
29
36
as on NTIO
X2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
X2 (NTIO)
Not ed
2
2
1 (NT-A)
RJ45
3
3
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
14
4
X2 (NT-A)
SFP+
14
4
X3 (NT-A)
SFP+
30
5
X4 (NT-A)
SFP+
6
1 (NT-B)
RJ45
(1 of 2)
1-22
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
7
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
7
X2 (NT-B)
SFP+
8
X3 (NT-B)
SFP+
9
X4 (NT-B)
SFP+
Port state/ Configurability
NCNC-F (1 XFP and 4 SFP) Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
Faceplate Port Number
NCNC-F (2 XFP)
Faceplate Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
Logical Port Number
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-E
(2 of 2) Note (1)
The LT slot number is index-based
SHub The L2 SHub provides a bridging function. It has 24 FE/GE ports. These 24 FE/GE ports are used as follows: A number of ports are used to make a connection at 1 Gbps to an LT local in the subrack (one link per LT board): 16 for non-redundant NT configurations and 18 for redundant NT configurations with NTIO board. The FE/GE ports not used for connecting LT boards (local or remote), are available as network interfaces, as interfaces to subtended IP-DSLAM systems, or for connecting directly to s. These links serve network links, subtending links, or links respectively. Use of these ports is possible either through:
• Link interfaces which are physically located on an NTIO board: these are connected via bi-directional point-to-point high-speed tracks on the back- to both NT boards. These can also be used as electrical FE, electrical GE or optical 1 / 10 GE interfaces, for uplink, subtending or links. The NTIO board contains an NT equipment protection switch per external link interface. So link protection and NT equipment protection can be performed independently from each other for links terminated on the NTIO board. • Link interfaces which are physically located on the NT board itself, as electrical FE, electrical GE, or optical GE interfaces, for uplinks, subtending links or links. In case of a redundant NT pair, and if no ive optical splitter is applied, these ports cannot independent link and equipment protection, that is, if the active NT fails, traffic on all of the links directly connected to the active NT has to be switched to corresponding links on the stand-by NT, becoming active. If a ive optical splitter is applied (which allows to connect a single optical fiber from / to peer equipment with a face plate port on both NT boards) then independent link protection and equipment protection is possible. The NT protection switch function is then performed on the NT boards itself, in the form Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-23
1 — System Overview
of logic which physically prevents the Inactive or Stand-by NT from actually transmitting on the ive optical splitter, such that corruption of the transmission by the active NT on the same link is not possible.
IHub The IHub provides L2 bridging (based on VPLS) and IP routing (based on VPRN). It has at least 28 ports with a various specialization: A number of ports are used to make a connection at 1 Gbps or at 2.5 Gbps or at 10 Gbps (320Gbps NT only) to an LT local in the shelf (one IHub link per LT): 16 or 18 in case of 7302 ISAM. The actual connection speed depends on the LT capabilities; see Table 1-1. The FE/GE ports, which are not used for connecting LT boards (local or remote), and the 10GE ports, are available as network interfaces, as interfaces to subtended IP-DSLAM systems, or for connecting directly to s. These links serve network links, subtending links, or links respectively. Use of these ports is possible either through:
• Link interfaces which are physically located on an NTIO board, connected via bi-directional point-to-point high-speed tracks on the back- to both NT boards. These interfaces can also be used as electrical FE, electrical GE or optical GE interfaces, for uplink, subtending or links. The NTIO board contains an NT equipment protection switch per external link interface. So link protection and NT equipment protection can be performed independently from each other for links terminated on the NTIO. • Link interfaces that are physically located on the NT board itself, as electrical FE interfaces, electrical GE interfaces, optical GE interfaces, optical 2.5 GE interfaces and optionally optical 10 GE interfaces, for uplink, subtending or links.
1-24
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
1.3
Network Management Figure 1-10 shows how the 7302 ISAM can be managed in a network. Figure 1-10 7302 ISAM Network Management Remote CT CLI (via Telnet) TL1 (via UDP-)
EMS
CT
ISAM
RS232
LIM IACM
EMAN
LIM xHub LIM Network Ports Management Flow to cascaded ISAM
The remote Craft Terminal (CT) uses TL1 commands or Command Line Interface (CLI) commands. TL1 is used for pre-provisioning of the NT board. CLI is used to manage both the xHub subsystem and the IACM. Figure 1-11 shows the management topology for the 7302 ISAM. Figure 1-11 7302 ISAM Management Topology EMS (e.g. AMS 5520)
SNMPv2 or SNMPv3
SNMP agent
TL1 Gateway
UDP
TL1 Terminal
SSH
Telnet
TL1 agent
TL1 CT
CLI Terminal
RS232
SSH
CLI agent
Telnet
CLI CT
Debug Terminal
RS232
UDP
Debug agent
ISAM
The NT Controller and the xHub subsystem each contain a separate SNMP agent. These can be managed via an Element Management Station (EMS), such as the Alcatel-Lucent 5520 AMS. It is also possible to use local TL1 or CLI craft terminal on the NT board to manage the LTs. Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-25
1 — System Overview
An integrated CLI approach is implemented on the NT board using an CLI agent. This agent implements CLI commands for the NT Controller / LIMs and the xHub subsystem. However, there is no semantic integration. Table 1-12 shows an overview of the involved managers. Table 1-12 Manager Overview Type
Description
EMS
Element Management System (EMS) based on SNMP. The Alcatel-Lucent WorkStation (5520 AMS) is commonly used.
CT
Craft Terminal using TL1 commands or Command Line Interface (CLI) commands.
Note 1 — External OAM VLAN:
The SHub subsystem s in-band management. This happens through a dedicated VLAN, which must be configured (if different than 4093) on both the SHub subsystem as on the NT. Note 2 — VLAN 4094 is reserved for internal communication and cannot be used in any Ethernet network in which the ISAM is deployed.
1.4
Equipment Management The NE equipment practice type does not have to be explicitly planned by the operator, but is auto-planned by the NT at startup, depending on the detected type. At the same time, the NT will autoplan the maximum number of racks ed by this equipment practice. The following ISAM type is defined:
• LNEU: Large New Equipment Practise EU market (6 racks, 4 subracks per rack) Subracks are automatically planned upon detection. The operator can control the istrative state of a subrack (lock/unlock). The NE manages different types of boards. A complete overview of all ed board types in each type of subrack is given in the chapter “Subracks”. Board planning is ed for all types of boards, including the appliques. For LSMs, the operator can control the istrative state (lock/unlock).
Central Office Equipment management Central Office equipment only s configurations consisting of a single rack/subrack.
ONT Management For more information on the ONT management, see the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN System Description for FD 100Gbps and 320Gbps NT document.
1-26
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
1.5
Board Capabilities and Dimensioning This section provides an overview of:
• • • • • • •
ed boards per NT type; see Table 1-13 dimensioning information for the NT boards; see Table 1-14 SyncE on NT boards and NTIO boards; see Table 1-15 the IWF capabilities of the LT boards per forwarding type; see Table 1-16 the xDSL capabilities of the LT boards per LT board; see Table 1-18 dimensioning information of the LT boards per forwarding type; see Table 1-19 dimensioning information for ISAM Voice
ed Boards per NT Type Table 1-13 gives an overview of the ed boards per NT type. Table 1-13 ed Boards per NT type Board
Variant
NANT-A
NANT-D
NANT-E
(1)
NALT-B
XX
Y
Y
-
NALT-C
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALT-D
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALT-E
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALT-J
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALT-K
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALT-L
XX
Y
-
-
NALT-M
AA
Y
Y
Y
NALS-A
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALS-B
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALS-C
XX
Y
-
Y
NVLT-C
XX
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-D
XX
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-G
XX
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-H
XX
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-M
AA
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-N
XX
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-P
AA
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-Q
AA
Y
Y
Y
NVLS-A
AA
Y
Y
Y
NPOT-A
XX
Y
Y
Y
NPOT-B
XX
Y
Y
Y
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-27
1 — System Overview
Board
Variant
NANT-A
NANT-D
NANT-E
(1)
NBAT-A
AA
Y
-
-
NBAT-B
XX
Y
-
-
NSLT-A
AA
Y
Y
Y
NSLT-B
AA
Y
Y
Y
NELT-A
AA
Y
Y
Y
NELT-B
AA
Y
Y
Y
NGLT-A
AA
-
Y
Y
NCNC-B
AA
Y
Y
Y
NCNC-D
AA
Y
Y
Y
NCNC-F
AA
-
Y
Y
NCNC-G
AA
Y
-
-
NVPS-A
XX
Y
-
-
(2 of 2) Notes (1) XX means for all board variants
NT Board Dimensioning Table 1-14 shows the dimensioning for the different NT board and their variants. Table 1-14 NT Board Dimensioning
Description
NANT-A
NANT-D
AA
AB
AA
AB
Throughput
24 Gbps
24 Gbps
100 Gbps
100 Gbps
320 Gbps
320 Gbps
Maximum number of MAC addresses (FDB)(1)
16 k
16 k
32 k
32 k
128 k
128 k
Maximum number of IP interfaces
256
256
512
512
512
512
ARP table size
4k
4k
16 k
16 k
16 k
16 k
Maximum number of IP routes:
4k
4k
16 k
16 k
16 k
16 k
1k
1k
16 k
16 k
16 k
16 k
Maximum number of L2 filters
128
128
256
256
5 2(2)
512(2)
Maximum number of L3 filters
128
128
512
512
5 2(2)
512(2)
Maximum number of VLAN
4k
4k
4k
4k
4k
4k
Maximum number of cross-connect
4k
4k
4k
4k
4k
4k
FIB RIB
AA
NANT-E AB
(1 of 2)
1-28
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
NANT-A
Description
AA
NANT-D AB
AA
NANT-E AB
AA
AB
L2 frame size (in bytes)
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
External interfaces
2 x 1 GE
2 x 1 GE
3 x 1/2.5 GE
3 x 1/2.5 GE
1 x El. GE
1 x El. GE
1 x 1/10 GE
1 x 1/10 GE
4 x 1/2.5/10 GE
4 x 1/2.5/10 GE
BITS in/out ports
-
1/0
-
1/1
-
1/1
SyncE input/output
-
-
-
1/3
-
4/4
(2 of 2) Note (1) (2)
A number of MAC addresses are always used by the system for internal purposes. The same resource is shared for L2 filters and L3 filters. So, the maximum cannot be obtained for both at the same time.
SyncE Table 1-15 indicates the port applicability of the Synchronous Ethernet NTR functionality for clock extraction (in) and generation (out). Table 1-15 Faceplate port applicability for Synchronous Ethernet Board
NANT-D
NANT-E
NCNC-B
Port
SyncE In
SyncE Out
NANT-D
NANT-E
NANT-D
NANT-E
1
No
NA
1GE, 2.5GE
NA
2
No
NA
1GE, 2.5GE
NA
3
No
NA
1GE, 2.5GE
NA
X1
1GE, 10GE
NA
No
NA
X1
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
X2
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
X3
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
X4
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
2
No
1GE
1GE
1GE
3
No
1GE
1GE
1GE
4
1GE
1GE
1GE
1GE
5
1GE
1GE
1GE
1GE
6
No
1GE
1GE
1GE
7
No
1GE
1GE
1GE
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-29
1 — System Overview
Board
NCNC-F
NELT-B
Port
SyncE In
SyncE Out
NANT-D
NANT-E
NANT-D
NANT-E
X1
10GE
10GE
10GE
10GE
X2
10GE
10GE
10GE
10GE
1
No
1GE
1GE, 2.5GE
1GE, 2.5GE
2
1GE
1GE
1GE, 2.5GE
1GE, 2.5GE
3
1GE
1GE
1GE, 2.5GE
1GE, 2.5GE
4
No
1GE
1GE, 2.5GE
1GE, 2.5GE
No
No
On FE/GE SFP
On FE/GE SFP
(2 of 2) Notes (1) This table is only applicable for the NANT-D and NANT-E board variants that SyncE; see Table 1-14 (2) SyncE is only ed on optical interfaces (using optical SFPs) and not on electrical interfaces (electrical SFPs)
1-30
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
IWF Capabilities Table 1-16 provides an overview of the IWF capabilities of the LT boards. Refer to Table 1-1 for an overview of the ed LT boards. Table 1-16 IWF Capabilities Feature
L2
L2+
L3
L3 GPON
NELT-B UNI
NNI
ATM AAL5 encapsulation type LLC/SNAP bridged (IPoE and PPPoE)
Y
Y
Y
-
-
-
LLC/SNAP routed (IPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
LLC/NLPid (PPPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
VC Mux Bridged (IPoE and PPPoE)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
VC Mux Routed (IPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
VC Mux PPPoA (PPPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
Autodetect IP (between LLC/SNAP bridged and routed)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
Autodetect PPP (between LLC/SNAP bridged, VC Mux Bridged and LLC-NLPID, VC Mux PPPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
Autodetect IP+PPP
-
-
Y
-
-
-
Autodetect PPPoA (between LLC-NLPID and VC Mux PPPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
Reception of untagged packets
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Reception of combination of untagged and priority tagged packets
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Reception of single tagged packets
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Reception of combination of untagged, priority tagged, single tagged packets
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Port Based Default VLAN for untagged / priority tagged (if applicable) packets
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Port and Protocol Based default VLAN for untagged / priority tagged packets of the IPoE Protocols
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Port and Protocol Based default VLAN for untagged / priority tagged packets of the PPPoE Protocols
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Priority Bit Remarking and Mapping table for tagged / priority tagged packets
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
RB mode: Protocol Filter (set of Ethertypes) for upstream traffic in VLANs in (PPPoE and IpoE)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
RB mode Ethernet packet types: Ethernet II Encap on Ethernet
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
RB mode Ethernet packet types: LLC/SNAP on Ethernet
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
CC Mode: transparently all encapsulations (e.g. PPPoE and IpoE)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
CC Mode: Protocol Filter
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Encapsulation autodetect
Bridged Encapsulation Ethernet Packet formats
Packet processing
L2 Forwarding
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-31
1 — System Overview
Feature
L2
L2+
L3
L3 GPON
NELT-B UNI
NNI
CC Mode: IPoA to IPoE CC
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
VLAN stacking (S-VLAN CC and S-VLAN / C-VLAN CC)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
QoS-aware CC
Y
Y
Y
-
-
-
ARP: enabling/disabling broadcast
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
802.1X authentication
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
DH option 82 insertion
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
PPPoE relay tag
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
PPPoA-PPPoE relay
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
Multicast services
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
IPoE
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
IPoA
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
VLAN termination (at network side), forwarding at Layer 3
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
802.1X authentication
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
ARP proxy side for IPoE
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
DH relay
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y(1
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
L2 Forwarding access protocols
L3 Forwarding
L3 Forwarding access protocols
QoS CAC profile Association of QOS profiles to ports
)
Association of QOS profiles to port-VLAN associations (2 of 2) Note (1)
policing on bridge port on L2
MTU Size ISAM s an Ethernet frame size of 1526 bytes. For ATM-based DSL interfaces with “LLC-SNAP bridged without FCS” or “VC-MUX bridged without FCS” encapsulation this number does not include the FCS (since there is not any on the DSL line). For ATM-based DSL interfaces with “LLC-SNAP bridged with FCS” this number includes the FCS. Table 1-17 indicates the boards for which this standard frame size has increased.
1-32
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview Table 1-17 MTU Size for different LT boards LT Board
Encapsulation
Frame Size (bytes)
ADSLx L3 LTs
PTM
1530
LLC-SNAP bridged without FCS
1600 (NALT-C/D/J/K, NALS-A/B)
LLC-SNAP bridged with FCS
1600 (NALT-C/D/J/K, NALS-A/B)
VC-MUX bridged without FCS
1600 (NALT-C/D/J/K, NALS-A/B)
L2+ LTs
AAL5/ATM
1530
NVLT-C/D
PTM
1600
AAL5/ATM
1600 (VC-MUX bridged without FCS)
PTM
1600
AAL5/ATM
1990
PTM
1594
AAL5/ATM
2044
HiCap VDSL2 L3 LTs
SHDSL LTs
(NSLT-A only with “VC-MUX bridged without FCS”) P2P Eth
OLT
NELT-A (with FCS)
2048
NELT-B UNI (with FCS)
1976
NELT-B NNI (with FCS)
2048
NGLT-A (with FCS)
2000
ONT
2000
xDSL Capabilities of the LT Boards Table 1-18 provides an overview of the xDSL capabilities of the LT boards. Refer to Table 1-1 for an overview of the ed LT boards. Table 1-18 xDSL Capabilities
Low power mode
Seamless Rate Adaptation
Standard ARQ
Downstream power back-off (E-side)
Impulse noise sensor (in VDSL2)
Virtual noise
Artificial noise
Transfer mode
Bonding
Board
NALT-B
Y
Y
-
NA
NA
NA
-
ATM
ATM
NALT-C
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
-
ATM
ATM
NALT-D
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
-
ATM
-
NALT-E
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
-
NALT-J
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-33
1 — System Overview
Low power mode
Seamless Rate Adaptation
Standard ARQ
Downstream power back-off (E-side)
Impulse noise sensor (in VDSL2)
Virtual noise
Artificial noise
Transfer mode
Bonding
Board
NALT-K
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NALT-L
Y
Y
-
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NALT-M
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NALS-A
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NALS-B
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NALS-C
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NSLT-A
-
-
-
NA
NA
NA
-
ATM/PTM
ATM
NSLT-B
-
-
-
NA
NA
NA
-
ATM/PTM
ATM
NVLS-A
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
-
NVLT-C
-
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
VDSL: PTM NVLT-D
-
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
ADSL: ATM
-
VDSL: PTM NVLT-G NVLT-H NVLT-M NVLT-N NVLT-P NVLT-Q
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
(2 of 2)
Dimensioning of the LT Boards Table 1-19 provides dimensioning information of the LT boards. Refer to Table 1-1 for an overview of the ed LT boards.
1-34
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview Table 1-19 Dimensioning Information Feature
L2
L2+
L3
L3 GPON
NELT-B UNI
NNI
General Maximum number of DSL lines per board - Multi ADSL
48
72
48
-
-
-
- VDSL
-
-
48
-
-
-
- SHDSL
-
-
24
-
-
-
Maximum number of PVC per DSL Line
8
8(1)
8
-
-
-
Maximum number of PONs
-
-
-
8
-
-
Maximum number of UNIs
-
-
-
4096
36
-
Maximum number of FE ports per board
-
-
-
-
36
36 36(2)
Maximum number of GE ports per board
-
-
-
-
36(2)
Maximum number of UNI port type (FE) per board
-
-
-
-
36
-
Maximum number of UNI port type (GE) per board
-
-
-
-
36(2)
Maximum number of NNI port type (FE) per board
-
-
-
-
-
36
Maximum number of NNI port type (GE) per board
-
-
-
-
-
27(2)
Maximum number of CC VLAN
192
768
768
11520
4608
4608
Maximum number of RB VLAN
128
128
768
1296
1296
1296
1
16
16
8
-
-
Maximum number of port-VLAN associations per board
384 (~ Profile)
576
384
11520
-
-
Maximum number of VLAN port per UNI (FE/GE)
-
-
-
-
8
-
Maximum number of VLAN port per NNI (FE/GE)
-
-
-
-
-
256
Maximum number of VLAN port per board (UNI)
-
-
-
-
144
-
Maximum number of VLAN port per board (NNI)
-
-
-
-
-
4608
~ Profile
63
64
64
-
-
Maximum number of MAC addresses per UNI
-
-
-
-
64
-
Maximum number of MAC addresses per NNI
-
-
-
-
-
3072
2304
32768
Maximum number of VLAN per PVC / Maximum number of VLAN per DSL line
Maximum number of MAC addresses per VLAN port
Maximum number of MAC addresses per board (including static)
16
k(3)
~ Profile
830
1024
Maximum number of IP addresses per board (including static)
-
576(4)
384
8k
-
-
Average number of IPv4 subnets or addresses per board (=Average IP anti-spoofing entries, full/32 IP address or subnet, per board
-
-
-
-
288
0
Maximum number of IPv4 hosts per board
-
-
-
-
288
0
Maximum number of IPv6 subnets or addresses per UNI
-
-
-
-
16
0
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-35
1 — System Overview
Feature
L2
L2+
L3
L3 GPON
NELT-B UNI
NNI
Maximum number of IPv6 subnets or addresses per VLAN port
-
-
-
-
4
0
Maximum number of IPv6 host addresses per board
-
-
-
-
288
0
Maximum number of VRFs per board
-
-
128
NA
-
-
172
512
1024
1024
1024
1024
4
100
100
100
100
1024
128
128
128
128
-
-
Maximum number of 802.1x sessions per PON
-
-
-
288
-
-
Maximum number of 802.1x sessions per UNI
-
-
-
-
1
0
Maximum number of 802.1x sessions per board
-
-
-
2304
36
0
Multicast Dimensioning Maximum number of simultaneous multicast channels per board Maximum number of multicast groups per Maximum number of multicast VLANs 802.1x
(2 of 2) Notes (1) Seven for data plane, one for E management (2) Refer to the 7302 ISAM FD Hardware Installation Manual for restrictions (3) A few MAC addresses are used by the system for internal purposes. (4) For IP anti-spoofing, not for forwarding
ISAM Voice Dimensioning The tables below show the dimensioning capacities for ISAM Voice. Table 1-20 ISAM Voice Dimensioning
Dimensioning for...
See Table...
NVPS
Applicable for H.248
SIP
1-21
Y
N
NPOT
1-22
Y
Y
NBAT
1-23
Y
N
Table 1-21 NVPS Dimensioning Description
Value
Number of ed POTS subscribers
5k(1)
Number of ed ISDN subscribers
2496
Maximum number of connected ISAM Voice nodes
32(2)
Maximum number of associated NPOTs
104
(1 of 2)
1-36
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
Description
Value
Maximum number of associated NBATs
104
Number of controlling NVPS per ISAM Voice shelf
up to 8 pairs
Number of IP addresses per NVPS
1 or 2(3)
(2 of 2) Notes (1) The figure of 5k corresponds to one of the following: — 104 POTS voice LT boards, each of these boards connecting 48 subscribers (NPOT-A) — 70 POTS voice LT boards each of these boards connecting 72 subscribers (NPOT-B) (2) The 32 ISAM Voice nodes may be connected, but the total number of LT boards spread over these 32 ISAM Voice nodes must not exceed 104. (3) Depends on the IP address/VLAN deployment model, see “IP Address Usage Optimization” in the System Description document.
Note — The configuration of more than 5 NVPS pairs in one shelf is not recommended due to following reasons
• ISAM voice does not different OSWP versions running simultaneously in the different NPVS pairs installed on the same shelf (migration cluster) • The migration of OSWP will have to be performed for the whole migration cluster so impacting time needed to execute this migration which might exceed one migration window • The migration time of this migration cluster depends on many factors (such as network topology, AWS/MGC performance, network condition, customer specific maintenance requirement and so on). The migration strategy should be planned and executed in a controlled way. Table 1-22 NPOT Dimensioning Description
NPOT-A(2)
NPOT-B(2)
Number of POTS lines
48
72
Maximum number of simultaneous voice calls per NPOT
48 for G.711 (40 for G.711 if “IP-side inband fax/modem tone detection” is enabled)
72 for G.711 36 for LBRC
24 for G.729 and G.723.1 Number of T.38 connections
24
36
Number of IP addresses per NPOT
1(1)
1(1)
Number of simultaneous ringers
8
12
Number of enhanced feeding lines
Up to 5 lines can be configured to work with enhanced feeding (40 mA).
Up to 8 lines per NPOT can be configured to work with enhanced feeding (40 mA).
Notes (1) Shared by all ISAM Voice line boards in an ISAM node; the IP address is owned by the SHub/IHub (2) NPOT-A and NPOT-B cannot be used in the same shelf.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-37
1 — System Overview Table 1-23 NBAT Dimensioning Description
Value
Number of ISDN lines
24
Maximum number of simultaneous D-channels per NBAT
24
Maximum number of simultaneous B-channels per NBAT
48
Number of IP addresses per NBAT
1(1)
Note (1)
Shared by all ISAM Voice line boards in an ISAM node; the IP address is owned by the SHub/IHub.
P-OLT Service and System Capacity Service and system capacity
Table 1-24 provides specific dimensioning information of the GPON LT boards. Table 1-24 GPON-specific Dimensioning Information Feature
L3 GPON
Maximum number of ONT per PON
128
Maximum number of UNIs per PON
512
Maximum number of TCONTs per PON
1024
Maximum number of GEM ports per PON
2048
P-OLT performance and distance
The P-OLT provides performance and distance capacity of 2.488 Gb/s downstream and 1.244 Gb/s upstream, within a 30 km span, for all NGLT boards. The optical link budget is defined by both loss and bandwidth characteristics. The loss characteristic is determined by the difference between the optical transmitter and optical receiver for each direction, and is typically 28 dB. The bandwidth characteristic is determined by the maximum link distance parameter of each OLT and ONT transmitter specification, and is limited by the smaller of the upstream and downstream values. P-OLT connection capacities
The P-OLT can accommodate a maximum of 16 NGLT boards. Each NGLT board provides eight ports.
1-38
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
1.6
NT Redundancy Four levels of redundancy can be identified:
• • • •
Link redundancy Equipment redundancy Subscriber Line redundancy Application redundancy
NT redundancy will implement the Link Redundancy and Equipment Redundancy in a decoupled architecture. This results in the following redundancy cases:
• Only link protection: single NT, active-standby or load-sharing uplinks.
• Combined NT and link protection, no NTIO: dual active/standby NT, with direct uplink or link set.
• Decoupled NT and link protection, single NTIO: dual active/standby NT, NTIO board with link switches.
• NT protection, ive link protection, no NTIO: single, active-standby or load sharing uplinks.
• Subtending system protection. Table 1-25 shows which hardware modules are ready for NT redundancy . Table 1-25 NT Redundancy Ready Hardware Modules Type
Module
Subrack
FD LT/Combo
NT boards
NANT-A NANT-D NANT-E
NT I/O boards
NCNC-B NCNC-D NCNC-F NCNC-G
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-39
1 — System Overview
Type
Module
LT boards
NALT-B NALT-C NALT-D NALT-E NALT-J NALT-K NALT-L NALT-M NALS-A NALS-B NALS-C NELT-A NELT-B NGLT-A NSLT-A NSLT-B NVLS-A NVLT-C NVLT-D NVLT-G NVLT-H NVLT-M NVLT-P NVLT-Q NVLT-N
Voice boards
NBAT-A NPOT-A NPOT-B NBAT-B
Voice server board
NVPS-A
(2 of 2)
1-40
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
1.7
MTA and 1:N LT Redundancy This section describes which hardware modules are required to the various MTA functions and 1:N LT Redundancy. The 7302 ISAM system provides an integrated Metallic Test Access Unit (MTAU) function. Both limited test-access (no test and split access) and full test-access (no test, loopback, monitor and split access) are ed in the current release of the 7302 ISAM. The following modules are required to implement the MTA function:
• Test I/O applique (TAUS) in the splitter subrack: to provide the interface to the test head and manage the Relay Controllers on the LT appliques. The following Test I/O board types this functionality: NTAU-A, TAUS-A • In an FD subrack in combo configuration (LT + Splitter) MTA functionality can be offered by the NCNC-D NT I/O board. • In an FD subrack in combo configuration (LT + Splitter) MTA functionality can be offered by the NCNC-F NT I/O board. • LT appliques in the splitter subrack, that contain the relays to set up the proper data paths (see Table 1-26). Splitters ing only outward test-access are equipped with only 1 relay per line, while splitters ing both inward and outward test-access have 2 relays per line. Table 1-26 MTA and Redundancy Board
Variant
Limited Outward Test Access
Full Test Access
By
1:N Redundancy
PSPS-A
AA
X
-
-
X
AF
NA
X
-
-
PSPS-B
AA
X
-
-
X
PSPS-C
AF
NA
X
-
-
PSPS-F
AF
-
X
-
-
PSUS-A
AA
X
-
-
X
NCTA-A
AA
-
X
-
-
NPSP-A
AF
-
X
-
-
NPSP-B
AF
-
X
-
-
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-41
1 — System Overview
1.8
CLEI Codes Table 1-27 lists the boards and fan units for which CLEI codes are available. Caution — The CLEI code changes whenever an item change (that is, an adaptation to a board) occurs.
The latest status of these CLEI codes is always available on the following website: https://codecenter.commonlanguage.com/app.asp?app=clei_inq uiry An is required before the CLEI database can be accessed. Table 1-27 CLEI codes Mnemonic
Variant
CLEI code
R
Bar code
AFAN-H
3EC 37533 NB
VAUCAE2KAA
070LXX
154967
3EC 37533 ND
VAUCAFLKAA
070NGA
159630
3FE 00139 AA
VAI2AA3DAB
070MLP
168218
3FE 00139 BA
VAI2ABJDAB
07NNS
171763
3FE 00140 AA
VAI2AA4DAB
070MMB
168227
3FE 00140 BA
VAI2ABKDAB
070NNZ
171764
3FE 00161 AA
VAI2ABGDAB
070NNG
169480
3FE 00161 AB
VAI2ABVDAB
070SDJ
169479
3FE 00162 AA
VAI2AA1DAB
070MDZ
169481
3FE 00162 AB
VAI2ABUDAB
070SDJ
169478
NALT-B
3FE 26682 BA
VAUIAJ1AAC
070DBM
163478
NFXS-A
3FE 26685 AA
VAMKG00BRA
211372
454839
NANT-A
3FE 26698 AA
VAUIAJ7AAF
070DNY
167246
3FE 26698 AB
VAUIAJ8AAE
070DPA
167243
3FE 27289 AA
VAUIANTAAA
070FGN
163910
3FE 27289 AB
VAUIANUAAA
070FGN
163912
3FE 27289 BA
VAUIANSAAA
070GPN
163890
3FE 27289 BB
VAUIANRAAA
070FWC
163886
3FE 27420 AA
VAUIALHATA
070KXY
153804
3FE 27420 AB
VAUIALSAAA
070KZY
153982
3FE 27420 AC
VAUIAMTAAA
070MGE
155682
3FE 27562 AA
VAUCAD6KAA
070HEK
150405
3FE 27562 AB
VAUCAETKAA
070HEK
153971
3FE 27562 AC
VAUCAE3KAB
070MEU
163479
NVLT-C
NVLT-D
NVLT-H
NVLT-G
NALT-C
NALT-D
NPOT-A
NVPS-A
(1 of 3)
1-42
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
Mnemonic
Variant
CLEI code
R
Bar code
NSLT-A
3FE 27649 AA
VAI2AGXDAA
070KXX
179373
NBAT-A
3FE 27715 AA
VAI2AAUDAA
070KKG
153201
NPSP-B
3FE 27725 AA
VAUCAEWKAA
070LFH
154286
3FE 27725 AF
VAUCAFVKAA
070PWT
163995
NCNC-B
3FE 28209 AA
VAUIAKVAAB
070HTE
154000
NPSU-A
3FE 28619 AA
VAUCAFBKAA
070MVP
156518
NELT-A
3FE 28682 AA
VAUIAN0AAA
070LCS
165028
NVSU-A
3FE 28824 AA
VAUCAELKAA
070KZP
153965
NVSU-B
3FE 28826 AA
VAUCAEMKAA
070KZS
153967
NALT-E
3FE 29512 AA
VAI2ABFDAA
070NLF
160033
3FE 29512 AB
VAUIANYAAA
070RCD
164353
NCNC-D
3FE 29534 AA
VAUIALNAAA
070LCV
154094
NFSS-A
3FE 29623 AA
VAMK410BRA
211256
457891
NVSP-B
3FE 29629 AA
VAUCAERKAA
070KZU
153969
NPSU-B
3FE 29751 AA
VAUCAFCKAA
070MVU
156522
NPIO-A
3FE 29927 AA
VAP1TW0KAB
070LKU
164806
NTAU-A
3FE 60120 AA
VAUIALPAAA
070LCU
154092
NCTA-A
3FE 60121 AA
VAUCAEUKAA
070KZX
153973
NPSP-E
3FE 60292 AA
VAUIAMVAAA
070MGJ
155695
NCNC-F
3FE 60301 BA
VAI2AFSDAA
070XYE
175998
NBAT-B
3FE 60609 AA
VAUIANXAAA
070RBT
164179
3FE 60609 BA
VAUIAMUAAA
070MGF
155683
3FE 60702 AA
VAUCAFFKAA
070NEM
159500
3FE 60702 AB
VAUCAFEKAA
070NEL
159495
NCTA-B
3FE 60853 AA
VAI2AA5DAA
070MYV
159105
NPOT-B
3FE 60858 AA
VAUIAR7AAA
070USW
171916
3FE 60858 AB
VAI2AGGNAA
072AHZ
178109
3FE 60858 BB
VAI2AGFNAA
072AHY
178108
NVSP-C
3FE 61154 AA
VAI2ABHDAA
070NMX
160284
NALS-A
3FE 61233 AA
VAI2ABTDAA
070SDT
166728
3FE 61233 BA
VAI2ABSDAA
070SDT
166727
3FE 61233 BB
VAUCAJJKAA
070XWC
174103
3FE 61438 AA
VAUIAR3AAA
070VHV
171389
3FE 61438 BA
VAULAR4AAA
070VHW
171390
3FE 61555 AA
VAI2AFCDAC
070UVR
177245
3FE 61555 AB
VAI2AFDDAB
070UVT
175956
NWCA-A
NALT-J
NANT-D
(2 of 3)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-43
1 — System Overview
Mnemonic
Variant
CLEI code
R
Bar code
NALS-B
3FE 61582 AA
VAUIAPUAAA
070TBR
168358
3FE 61582 BA
VAUIAPVAAA
070TBX
168364
NALT-K
3FE 61584 BA
VAULAR5AAA
070VHX
171391
NFSS-B
3FE 62384 AA
VAM8Z00ARA
212358
458391
NELT-B
3FE 62543 AA
VAUCAJ36AA
072AEY
177909
NVLT-M
3FE 63358 AA
VAUIASFAAA
070YAX
174506
NALT-M
3FE 63423 AA
VAI2AE5DAA
070XGS
173252
NSLT-B
3FE 63626 AA
VAI2AGWDAA
070YDC
179372
NALS-C
3FE 63766 AA
VAUIASKAAA
070YEE
174626
3FE 63766 BA
VAUIASJAAA
070YDN
174594
3FE 63767 AB
VAUIASMAAA
070YEJ
174632
3FE 63767 BB
VAUIASLAAA
070YEH
174631
NCNC-G
3FE 64130 AA
VAUIASHAAA
070YBC
174523
NVLS-A
3FE 64324 AA
VAI2AGNNAA
072AZY
178835
NVLT-P
3FE 64331 AA
VAI2AGPNAA
072AZZ
178836
NVLT-Q
3FE 64332 AA
VAI2AGRNAA
072BAB
178840
NVLT-N
3FE 64333 AA
VAI2AGSNAA
072BAC
178841
3FE 64333 AB
VAI2AHLNAA
072CHL
180744
NGLT-A
3FE 64279 AA
VAI2AFHDAA
070YVT
175498
NANT-E
3FE 64746 AA
VAI2AGJNAB
072APZ
179584
3FE 64746 AB
VAI2AGKNAB
072ARA
179585
NALT-L
(3 of 3)
1-44
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2—
Subracks
2.1 Introduction 2.2 General
2-2
2-2
2.3 7302 FD Subrack
2-3
2.4 FD MTA Splitter Subrack
2-16
2.5 FD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack 2.6 XD MTA Splitter Subrack
2-21
2-24
2.7 XD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack
2-27
2.8 Weight of the Different Components
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-30
2-1
2 — Subracks
2.1
Introduction This chapter describes the different ISAM subrack types ed for the European Telecommunication Standard Institute (ETSI) market. For each subrack, the following characteristics are described:
• • • •
2.2
Subrack dimensions Physical areas Slot positions ed plug-in units (per release).
General The modular organization of the ISAM system allows a wide range of physical size and traffic capacity options. The basic building blocks of the ISAM system are the subracks or shelves(*). (*): Both names are used for the same item. The ISAM R 4.x is a one-subrack system. Daisy-chaining multiple subracks via extender boards is not ed. Multiple collocated subracks can be cascaded via the standard Fast Ethernet (FE)/Gigabit Ethernet (GE) subtending links. In such a configuration, each subrack operates and is managed as a separate system.
Subrack Types Table 2-1 lists the ed subrack types in ETSI configurations. The subracks comply with the standards of ETSI 300 386. Table 2-1 ETSI Subracks ed in ISAM Configurations Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Subrack Dimensions HxWxD
Fits Rack with Width x depth
7302 FD
NFXS-A
600 x 500 x 280 mm
600 x 300 mm
NFXS-A MII
600 x 500 x 280 mm
600 x 300 mm
FD MTA splitter
NFSS-B
444 x 485.9 x 277.5 mm
600 x 300 mm
FD non-MTA splitter
NFSS-A
444 x 485.9 x 277.5 mm
600 x 300 mm
XD MTA splitter
ASPS-A
785 x 465 x 290 mm
600 x 300 mm
XD non-MTA splitter
ASPS-C
600 x 465 x 280 mm
600 x 300 mm
FD(1)
NFXS-B
355 x 445 x 240 mm
SB-REM(2)
SB-REM
110 x 463.9 x 241 mm
• • • •
7330
600 x 300 mm 19” rack 600 x 300 mm 19” rack
Notes (1) The 7330 FD subrack is mentioned here for completeness sake. For more information about this subrack, refer to the 7330 ISAM FTTN Product Information. (2) The SB-REM is mentioned here for completeness sake. For more information about the SB-REM, refer to the 7356 ISAM FTTB , Safety and Installation Manual.
2-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
2.3
7302 FD Subrack The 7302 Flexible Density (FD) subrack is optimized for an IP-DSLAM architecture. The 7302 FD subrack can contain: 1
LT boards as well as splitter boards (7302 FD Combo)
2
LT boards only (7302 FD LT)
3
combined LT/splitter boards
Mnemonic The mnemonic is NFXS-A.
Subrack Configurations The following subrack configurations are possible:
• 7302 FD Combo subrack: In Combo mode, the 7302 FD subrack can be equipped with both LT boards and splitter boards. LT boards can be inserted into any slot but are accompanied by a splitter board on the right.
• When NT redundancy is required, an NT I/O board is inserted in slot 17 and the •
second NT board (NTB) is inserted in slot 18. A total of 8 LT boards and 8 splitter boards can be equipped; see Figure 2-1. If NT redundancy is not required, slots 17 and 18 can be used for an LT board (LT9) and the corresponding splitter board (SP9). A total of 9 LT boards and 9 splitter boards can be equipped; see Figure 2-2.
• 7302 FD LT subrack: In LT mode, the 7302 FD subrack is equipped only with LT boards. The corresponding splitter boards are placed in a splitter subrack above the 7302 FD LT subrack in the rack.
• When NT redundancy is required, an NT I/O board is inserted in slot 17 and the •
second NT board (NTB) is inserted in slot 18. A total of 16 LT boards can be equipped; see Figure 2-3. If NT redundancy is not required, slots 17 and 18 can be used for an LT board. A total of 18 LT boards can be equipped; see Figure 2-4.
• 7302 FD subrack with combined LT/splitter boards: The 7302 FD subrack is equipped with combined LT/splitter boards; see Figure 2-5. Note — Slot 17 or slot 18 may not be equipped with an NVPS board
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-3
2 — Subracks Figure 2-1 7302 FD subrack in Combo mode and with NT redundancy
SP8
SP5
NTB
LT8
LT5
NT I/O
SP4 LT4
LT1
SP1
xDSL cables
NTA
POTS LINE
BPA NT A, NT B and NT I/O fiber conduct
CBs, LEDs and switches Fan unit Connectors
Figure 2-2 7302 FD subrack in Combo mode and without NT redundancy
SP8 LT8
SP5 LT5
SP9
NTA LT9
LT4
LT1
SP1
xDSL cables
SP4
POTS LINE
BPA NT A fiber conduct CBs, LEDs and switches Fan unit Connectors
2-4
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks Figure 2-3 7302 FD subrack in LT mode and with NT redundancy
SP16
SP9
LT16
LT1
LT8 NTA NTIO/LT17 NTB/LT18 LT9
xDSL
FD splitter without MTA
SP8
SP1
POTS LINE
BPA
NT A, NT B and NT I/O fiber conduct
CBs, LEDs and switches Fan unit Connectors
Figure 2-4 7302 FD subrack in LT mode and without NT redundancy
SP16
SP17 SP18 SP9
SP8
LT16
LT8 NTA LT17 LT18 LT9
LT1
xDSL
FD splitter without MTA
SP1
POTS LINE
BPA
NT A fiber conduct
CBs, LEDs and switches Fan unit Connectors
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-5
2 — Subracks Figure 2-5 7302 FD Subrack with Combined LT/Splitter Boards
Combo LT/SP 16
NTB Combo LT/SP 9
NTA
NT I/O
Combo LT/SP 8
Combo LT/SP 1
LINE POTS
BPA NT A, NT B and NT I/O fiber conduct
CBs, LEDs and switches Fan unit Connectors
Variants The following 7302 FD subrack variants are ed:
• NFXS-A (code 3FE 26685 AA); see Figure 2-6 • NFXS-A MII (code 3FE 28111 AA); see Figure 2-7 Figure 2-6 NFXS-A
2-6
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks Figure 2-7 NFXS-A MII
Dimensions Table 2-2 gives the overall dimensions of the subrack. Table 2-2 7302 FD Subrack Density and Dimensions Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Maximum Number of Lines
Height
Width
Depth
7302 FD
NFXS-A
Maximum number of lines(1):
600 mm
500 mm
285 mm
• • • •
384 (Combo configuration NT redundancy) 432 (Combo configuration no NT redundancy) 768 (LT configuration NT redundancy) 864 (LT configuration - no NT redundancy)
Note (1)
The number of lines mentioned here are applicable when using 48-line boards, when using 72-line boards the maximum number of lines can be respectively: 576, 648, 1152 and 1296. For Combo boards the density is equal to the LT configuration.
The 7302 FD subrack fits into conventional SI transmission racks (600 mm width and 300 mm depth).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-7
2 — Subracks
Location The 7302 FD subrack can be installed in a Central Office (CO) or a Controlled Environment Vault (CEV) and can be deployed in remote cabinets requiring extended temperature range operation.
Areas and Slot Positions Figure 2-8 shows the general layout and the slot numbering of the 7302 FD subrack.
LT 16
LT 15
LT 14
LT 13
LT 12
LT 11
LT 9
LT 10
NTB/LT 18
NTA
NTIO/LT 17
LT 8
LT 7
LT 6
LT 5
LT 4
LT 3
LT 2
LT 1
Figure 2-8 General Layout and Slot Numbering in the 7302 FD Subrack
Board area
CBs, lamps and switches Fan unit Connectors
Figure 2-9 shows the general layout and the slot numbering of the 7302 FD MII subrack.
LT 16
LT 15
LT 14
LT 13
LT 12
LT 11
LT 9
LT 10
NTB/LT 18
NTIO/LT 17
NTA
LT 8
LT 7
LT 6
LT 5
LT 4
LT 3
LT 2
LT 1
Figure 2-9 General Layout and Slot Numbering in the 7302 FD MII Subrack
Board area
Fan unit CBs, lamps and switches Connectors
2-8
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
The 7302 FD subrack has the following areas:
• The Board area houses the plug-in units (NT board(s), NT I/O board, LT boards, and (when the 7302 FD subrack is used in Combo mode) splitter boards) • The CBs, lamps and switches area houses the Circuit Breakers (CB), the alarm lamps for power and other interface connections. • The Fan area provides housing for a separate fan unit. • The Connector provides housing for filters, connectors, lamps and Circuit Breakers (CB) for power and other interface connections.
Board Types The 7302 FD subrack can accommodate the following units:
• NT I/O boards: If not used, this slot can be occupied with LT17. In the back, there is a provision to equip a maximum of 8 uplinks on the NT I/O. These 8 uplinks can be either 8 x 1 Gbps Ethernet or 2 x 10 Gbps Ethernet. On the NT I/O, these uplinks are multiplexed between the 2 NTs on NT active/standby state. • NT boards: If the redundant NT is not used, this slot can be occupied with LT18, with an additional EMC plate (5mm). • LT boards: 16 LT boards (with NT redundancy and with NTIO board) or 18 LT boards (with no NT redundancy and without NTIO board) can be accommodated in splitterless mode. In Combo mode, the LT boards must be equipped in the odd positions with their corresponding splitter in the even position. • Splitter boards:
• In Combo mode, the splitters for the xDSL LIMs can be mounted in the 7302 FD subrack on the right side of the LT board.
• In LT mode, the splitters must be mounted in a splitter subrack. One splitter must be foreseen per installed LT board.
• Combined LT/splitter boards: 16 combined LT/splitter boards (with NT redundancy and with NTIO board) or 18 combined LT/splitter boards (no NT redundancy and without NTIO board).
NT Redundancy
For NANT-A (24 Gbps NT board)
When a NT 1:1 (active/standby) redundant configuration is to be deployed, an NT I/O board needs to be inserted in the subrack. The NT I/O board performs NT board protection switching for uplinks from the 2 NT boards: only the uplinks from the active NT are connected to the external up-link interfaces. For NANT-D (100 Gbps NT board)
The protection scheme is 1+1 (active/active) in the data plane, and 1:1 (active/standby) in the control and management plane.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-9
2 — Subracks
NT I/O boards are ed and are useful in duplex systems, e.g. during EPS failures. For NANT-E (320 Gbps NT board)
The protection scheme is 1+1 (active/active) in the data plane, and 1:1 (active/standby) in the control and management plane. NT I/O boards are ed and are useful in duplex systems, e.g. during EPS failures.
1+1 NVPS Redundancy The NVPS board s 1+1 redundancy. In a redundant configuration, both boards must be installed in adjacent slots n and n+1 (n is an odd integer).
1:N LIM Redundancy The 1:N redundancy of the LIMs is not ed in the 7302 FD subrack itself since no TEST/SPARE bus is available. When this functionality is required, the necessary provisions need to be available in the connected splitter device.
Metallic Test Access Metallic Test access (MTA) is ed when a Test I/O applique is provided in the subrack to provide the interface to the test head and manage the Relay Controllers on the LT appliques. The following board types this functionality:
• NTAU-A • NCNC-D • NCNC-F Metallic Ended Line Testing (MELT) Metallic Line Testing (MELT) is a measurement technology, integrated on DSL linecards, that enables the physical characterization of a copper line. This type of integrated loop testing is performed narrow-band, and is an alternative for classic testhead-based Narrow-Band Line Testing (NBLT) solutions . The following board types this functionality:
• • • •
NALT-M NVLT-M NVLT-N NSLT-B
Overview of ed Units Table 2-3 lists the ed plug-in units in the 7302 FD subrack for R4.2.03. Refer to Figure 2-8 for the layout and the slot positions. For detailed information about units, refer to the UDS. Appendix A gives the used mnemonics. 2-10
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks Table 2-3 ed Units in 7302 FD Subrack - R4.2.03 Slot
NT A
Board Type
Corresponding Applique Type
Position
NANT-A AA
-
-
NANT-A AB NANT-D AA
-
NANT-A AA
-
100 Gbps NT board
-
NANT-E AB NT B
24 Gbps NT board
-
NANT-D AB NANT-E AA
Description
-
320 Gbps NT board
-
-
24 Gbps NT board
-
-
100 Gbps NT board
NANT-A AB NANT-D AA NANT-D AB NANT-E AA
-
NANT-E AB NT I/O
320 Gbps NT board
-
NCNC-B(1)
-
-
NT I/O board with 6 supplementary uplinks
NCNC-D(1)
-
-
NT I/O board with 4+2 supplementary uplinks
NCNC-F(1)
-
-
NT I/O board with 2 or 5 supplementary uplinks
NCNC-G(1)(8
-
-
NT I/O board with 2 GPON links
NTAU-A
-
-
Test I/O
NALT-B
NPSP-A
•
(2)
)
LT slot
-
NPSP-B AA NPSP-B AF NPSP-C
•
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over ISDN interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
72 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
NPSP-D NWCA-A AA NALT-C
NPSP-A
•
NPSP-B AA NPSP-B AF NPSP-C
•
NPSP-D NWCA-A AA NALT-D
NPSU-A
•
NPSU-B NWCA-A AA
NALT-E
NPSP-E
• • •
(1 of 4)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-11
2 — Subracks
Slot
Board Type NALT-J
Corresponding Applique Type
Position
NPSP-A
•
NPSP-B AA NPSP-B AF NPSP-C
•
Description
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over ISDN interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
NPSP-D NWCA-A AA NALT-L
NPSU-A
•
NPSU-B NWCA-A AA
NALT-K
NPSP-A
• •
NPSP-B AA NPSP-B AF NPSP-C
•
NPSP-D NWCA-A AA NALT-M
-
-
72 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces, with MELT functionality
NALS-A AA
-
-
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
NALS-A BB
NALS-B
Combined LT-splitter board -
-
48 ADSL/2/2+ over ISDN interfaces Combined LT-splitter board
NALS-C
-
-
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces Combined LT-splitter board
NVLT-C
VSPB-A
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSP-B
•
NVSP-C NVSP-D NWCA-A AA VSPM-A VCTM-A
•
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2+ over POTS interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
(2 of 4)
2-12
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
Slot
Board Type
Corresponding Applique Type
Position
NVLT-D
VSUB-A CTAB-C
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSU-A
•
NVSU-B NWCA-A AA
VSUM-A VSUM-B
•
Description
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2+ over ISDN interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
VCTM-A NVLT-G
VSPB-A
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSP-B
•
NVSP-C NVSP-D NWCA-A AA VSPM-A VCTM-A NVLT-H
VSUB-A
•
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
CTAB-C
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSU-A
•
NVSU-B NWCA-A AA
VSUM-A VSUM-B
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
•
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over ISDN interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
VCTM-A NVLT-M
-
-
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces, with MELT functionality
NVLT-N
-
-
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces, with MELT functionality
NVLT-P
VSPB-A
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSP-B
•
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces, low power
NVSP-C NVSP-D NWCA-A AA VSPM-A VCTM-A
•
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
(3 of 4)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-13
2 — Subracks
Slot
Board Type
Corresponding Applique Type
Position
NVLT-Q
VSUB-A CTAB-C
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSU-A
•
NVSU-B NWCA-A AA
VSUM-A VSUM-B
•
Description
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over ISDN interfaces, low power
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
VCTM-A NELT-A
-
-
16-line Ethernet (FE) LT board
NELT-B
-
-
36-line Ethernet (FE/GE) LT board
NWCA-A AB
-
24 SHDSL interfaces
NSLT-A
NCTA-B(3)
Fan area
NSLT-B
NCTA-B(3)
-
24 SHDSL interfaces, with MELT functionality
NVPS-A(4)(8)
-
-
ISAM Voice Package Server
NPOT-A
NCTA-A(5)
-
48 POTS interfaces
NPOT-B
NCTA-A
-
72 POTS interfaces
NBAT-A
NCTA-A(5)
-
24 ISDN BA interfaces (2B1Q)
NBAT-B AA
NCTA-A(5)
-
24 ISDN BA interfaces (2B1Q)
NBAT-B BA
NCTA-A(5)
-
24 ISDN BA interfaces (4B3T)
NGLT-A(6)(7)
-
-
8 GPON interfaces
AFAN-H
-
-
Fan unit. Part of the subrack.
(4 of 4) Notes (1) The NCNC boards are shared between NT A and NT B. (2) The NCNC-F board can only be used in combination with the NANT-D board. (3) The NCTA-B must work together with two SHDSL LT boards (4) CAUTION: the NVPS-A cannot be inserted in the NTIO/LT17 slot position or in the NTB/LT18 slot position (5) The NCTA-A must work together with two POTS LT boards (6) The NGLT-A board can only be used in an ISAM equipped with FD 100Gbps NT or 320Gbps NT boards (7) The NGLT-A board are not ed in MII equipment (8) Can only be used with FD 24Gbps NT boards
Dummy Front s
2-14
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
For the NFXS-A Subrack
When MDF cabling is already foreseen for not-installed units, the MDF connectors must be fixed on dummy front s. Figure 2-10 shows the universal dummy front for the FD-LT subrack and the FD splitter subrack. Two variants exist:
• 3FE 61074 BA: FD universal dummy front without EMC gasket for 48-pair cable and 72-pair cable deployment • 3FE 61074 BB: FD universal dummy front with EMC gasket for 48-pair cable and 72-pair cable deployment Figure 2-10 Universal Dummy Front for 7302 FD Subrack and FD Splitter Subrack
Optical Cabling for NFXS-A Subrack
In addition to MDF cabling, optical cabling is likewise possible.
• When optical cabling is already foreseen for not-installed NGLT-x boards, the optical cables must be fixed on dummy front s (code 3FE 65005 AA). Figure 2-11 shows the NGLT front . Figure 2-11 Dummy NGLT Front
Slots for optical cables
Optical cables
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-15
2 — Subracks
For the NFXS-A MII Subrack
Refer to the 7302 ISAM FD MII Hardware Installation manual.
Powering Power cables are directly connected to the power filters in the connector area. These filters provide EMC shielding.
Fan Unit One fan unit provides forced air cooling in the subrack. The fan unit is a field replaceable unit in the subrack fan area, it plugs directly into the backplane. There are two variants, one with dust filter and one without dust filter. Every FD-LT subrack must be equipped with a fan unit with dustfilter (see section “Rack Configurations”).
2.4
FD MTA Splitter Subrack The FD MTA splitter subrack can be used together with the 7302 FD subrack (in LT mode). The main characteristics of the FD splitter subrack are:
• The subrack can house up to 18 splitter boards, one per equipped LT in the 7302 FD subrack.
• The subrack can be mounted in an ETSI rack frame. Mnemonic The mnemonic is NFSS-B.
Dimensions Figure 2-12 shows a front view.
2-16
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks Figure 2-12 View of FD MTA Splitter Subrack
Table 2-4 gives the overall dimensions of the subrack. Table 2-4 FD MTA Splitter Subrack Density and Dimensions Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Density/ DSL Lines
Height
Width
Depth
FD MTA
NFSS-B
Flexible Density/ 1296 DSL lines
444 mm
485.9mm
277.5 mm
splitter subrack
Subrack Configurations The FD MTA splitter subrack can be used in different configurations as shown in Figure 2-13:
• ive splitter boards: up to 18 ive splitter boards can be equipped.
• ive splitter boards with MTA: up to 16 ive splitter boards can be equipped. The NTAU board must be installed to provide the MTA functionality and the NPIO board must be installed to provide the power for the NTAU board.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-17
2 — Subracks Figure 2-13 FD MTA Splitter Subrack Configurations
SP16
SP1
SP8 Empty SP17 SP18 SP9
Configuration with ive FD splitter boards
SP16
SP1
SP8 NPIO TAUS/SP17 Empty SP9
Configuration with ive FD splitter boards with MTA
Note — Empty slots must be covered with dummy front s.
Areas and Slot Positions Figure 2-14 shows the slot positions and numbering of the FD MTA splitter subrack.
2-18
Slot 16
Slot 15
Slot 14
Slot 13
Slot 12
Slot 11
Slot 10
Slot 09
Slot 18
TAUS/Slot 17
NPIO
Slot 08
Slot 07
Slot 06
Slot 05
Slot 04
Slot 03
Slot 02
Slot 01
Figure 2-14 Slot Positions in FD MTA Splitter Subrack
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
The FD MTA splitter subrack has one area:
• The Splitter (SP) area can house 405 mm (H) x 225 mm (D) plug-in units. Board Types The FD MTA splitter subrack can accommodate up to 18 splitter boards, one per equipped LT in the 7302 FD subrack (Figure 2-14).
Redundancy No redundancy .
Metallic Test Access Metallic Test access (MTA) is ed when a Test I/O applique is provided in the subrack to provide the interface to the test head and manage the Relay Controllers on the LT appliques. The following board types this functionality:
• NTAU-A Overview ed Units Table 2-5 lists the ed plug-in units in the FD MTA splitter subrack for R4.2.03. Refer to Figure 2-14 for the slot positions. For detailed information about units, refer to the UDS. Appendix A gives the used mnemonics. Table 2-5 ed Units in FD MTA Splitter Subrack - R4.2.03 Slot
Board Type
Splitter slot
NCTA-A
(01-18)
Description 96-line cut-through applique for ISAM Voice Note: the NCTA-A must work together with two 48-line ADSL/2/2+ over POTS boards
NPSP-A
48 line ive POTS splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
NPSP-B NPSU-A
48 line ive POTS/ISDN (2B1Q) splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
NPSU-B NVSP-B
48 line ive ETSI option A POTS splitter for VDSL.
NVSP-C NVSU-A AA
48 line universal POTS/ISDN (2B1Q) splitter for VDSL
NVSU-B AA
48 line universal POTS/ISDN (4B3T) splitter for VDSL
TAUS/Slot 17
NTAU-A
Test Access Unit
NPIO
NPIO-A
Power Input Output board
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-19
2 — Subracks
Dummy Front s When MDF cabling is already foreseen for not-installed units, the MDF connectors must be fixed on dummy front s. The following dummy front s are available for FD MTA splitter subracks:
• 3FE 61074 BA: FD universal dummy front without EMC gasket for 48-pair cable and 72-pair cable deployment
Powering If required, the FD splitter subracks can be powered through the NPIO-A board.
2-20
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
2.5
FD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack The FD non-MTA splitter subrack can be used together with the 7302 FD subrack (in LT mode). The main characteristics of the FD non-MTA splitter subrack are:
• The subrack can house up to 18 splitter boards, one per equipped LT in the 7302 FD subrack.
• The subrack can be mounted in an ETSI rack frame. Mnemonic The mnemonic is NFSS-A.
Dimensions Figure 2-15 shows a front view. Figure 2-15 View of FD non-MTA Splitter Subrack
Table 2-6 gives the overall dimensions of the subrack. Table 2-6 FD non-MTA Splitter Subrack Density and Dimensions Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Density/ DSL Lines
Height
Width
Depth
FD non-MTA splitter subrack
NFSS-A
Flexible Density/ 1296 DSL lines
444 mm
485.9mm
277.5 mm
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-21
2 — Subracks
Subrack Configurations The FD non-MTA splitter subrack can be equipped with up to 18 ive splitter boards as shown Figure 2-16:
SP16
SP1
SP8 Empty SP17 SP18 SP9
Figure 2-16 FD non-MTA Splitter Subrack Configurations
Note — Empty slots must be covered with dummy front s.
Areas and Slot Positions Figure 2-17 shows the slot positions and numbering of the FD non-MTA splitter subrack.
Slot 16
Slot 15
Slot 14
Slot 13
Slot 12
Slot 11
Slot 10
Slot 09
Slot 18
Slot 17
Slot 08
Slot 07
Slot 06
Slot 05
Slot 04
Slot 03
Slot 02
Slot 01
Figure 2-17 Slot Positions in FD non-MTA Splitter Subrack
The FD non-MTA splitter subrack has one area:
• The Splitter (SP) area can house 405 mm (H) x 225 mm (D) plug-in units. Board Types The FD non-MTA splitter subrack can accommodate up to 18 splitter boards, one per equipped LT in the 7302 FD subrack (Figure 2-17).
2-22
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
Redundancy No redundancy .
Overview ed Units Table 2-7 lists the ed plug-in units in the FD non-MTA splitter subrack for R4.2.03. Refer to Figure 2-17 for the slot positions. For detailed information about units, refer to the UDS. Appendix A gives the used mnemonics. Table 2-7 ed Units in FD non-MTA Splitter Subrack - R4.2.03 Slot
Board Type
Description
Splitter slot
NPSU-A
48 line ive POTS/ISDN (2B1Q) splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
(01-18)
NPSU-B NVSP-B
48 line ive ETSI option A POTS splitter for VDSL.
NVSP-C NVSU-A AA
48 line universal POTS/ISDN (2B1Q) splitter for VDSL
NVSU-B AA
48 line universal POTS/ISDN (4B3T) splitter for VDSL
Dummy Front s When MDF cabling is already foreseen for not-installed units, the MDF connectors must be fixed on dummy front s. The following dummy front s are available for FD splitter subracks:
• 3FE 61074 BA: FD universal dummy front without EMC gasket for 48-pair cable and 72-pair cable deployment
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-23
2 — Subracks
2.6
XD MTA Splitter Subrack The XD splitter subrack with Metallic Test Access (MTA) (ASPS-A) can be used together with the 7302 FD subrack (in LT mode).
Mnemonic The mnemonic is ASPS-A.
Dimensions Figure 2-18 shows a front view. Figure 2-18 Inside View of XD MTA Splitter Subrack
Table 2-8 gives the overall dimensions of the subrack. Table 2-8 XD MTA Splitter Subrack Density and Dimensions Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Density/ DSL Lines
Height
Width
Depth
XD MTA splitter subrack
ASPS-A
Extreme Density/ 768 DSL lines
785 mm
465 mm
290 mm
The XD MTA splitter subrack fits into conventional transmission racks (600 mm width and 300 mm depth).
2-24
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
Location The XD MTA splitter subrack can be installed in a CO or a CEV and can be deployed in remote cabinets requiring extended temperature range operation.
Areas and Slot Positions Figure 2-19 shows the areas and slot positions.
ALM
Figure 2-19 Areas and Slot Positions in XD MTA Splitter Subrack
PWR
AP16 AP16
AP15 AP15
AP14 AP14
AP13 AP13
AP12 AP12
AP11 AP11
AP07 AP07
AP10
AP06 AP06
AP10
AP05 AP05
AP09
AP04 AP04
AP09
AP03 AP03
AP08
AP02 AP02
AP08
AP01 TAUS
AP01
Top connector area
AP09
AP10
AP11
AP12
AP13
AP14
AP15
AP16
AP10
AP11
AP12
AP13
AP14
AP15
AP16
AP06 AP06
AP09
AP05 AP05
AP08
AP04 AP04
AP08
AP03 AP03
AP07
AP02 AP02
AP07
AP01 AP01
Splitter area
Bottom connector area
The XD MTA splitter subrack has three areas:
• The Top Connector area provides connectors for Alarm interface and ADSL connection (ADSL 25 to ADSL 48) and space for routing ADSL cables. • The Splitter (SP) area is 520 mm high and can house 520 mm x 220 mm plug-in units (PSPS). • The Bottom Connector area provides filters and connectors for power and ADSL connection (ADSL 01 to ADSL 24) and space for routing ADSL cables.
Board Types The XD MTA splitter subrack can accommodate the following units (Figure 2-19):
• one TAUS test access unit • up to 16 splitter boards (PSPS or PSUS): one per equipped LT in the FD LT subrack.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-25
2 — Subracks
LT Redundancy and Metallic Test Access The XD MTA splitter subrack provides a Test/Spare bus on the back for the of 1:N LT redundancy and Metallic Test Access (MTA). A dedicated slot (TAUS) is foreseen for a Test-I/O Applique. A SPI bus connects this slot with the 16 splitter slots to allow control of the relays on the splitter boards.
Overview ed Units Table 2-9 lists the ed plug-in units in the XD MTA splitter subrack for R4.2.03. Refer to Figure 2-19 for the layout and the slot positions. For detailed information about units, refer to the UDS. Appendix A gives the used mnemonics. Table 2-9 ed Units in XD MTA splitter subrack - R4.2.03 Slot
Board Type
Description
Splitter slot
PSPS-A
ive POTS splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
(01-16)
PSPS-B PSPS-C PSPS-F
TAU
PSUS-A
ive POTS/ISDN splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
CTAS-C
Cut-through applique for SHDSL.
PSPC-R
ETSI Central Office splitter
TAUS-A
Test access unit.
Dummy Front s When MDF cabling is already foreseen for not-installed units, the MDF connectors must be fixed on dummy front s. The following dummy front s are available for XD MTA splitter subracks:
• front 3EC 37714 AB Powering Power cables are directly connected to backplane terminals in the bottom connector area.
2-26
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
2.7
XD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack The XD non-MTA splitter subrack can be used together with the 7302 FD subrack (in LT mode). The main characteristics of the XD non-MTA splitter subrack are:
• The subrack has no backplane (no MTA , no LT redundancy ). • The subrack can house up to 16 splitter boards, one per equipped LT in the FD-LT subrack. Each board is able to handle 48 or 24 lines. • The subrack can be mounted in the ETSI rack frame.
Mnemonic The mnemonic is ASPS-C.
Dimensions Figure 2-20 shows a front view. Figure 2-20 View of XD non-MTA Splitter Subrack
Table 2-10 gives the overall dimensions of the subrack. Table 2-10 XD non-MTA Splitter Subrack Density and Dimensions Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Density/ DSL Lines
Height
Width
XD non-MTA splitter subrack
ASPS-C
Extreme Density/ 768 DSL lines
600 mm
465 mm
Depth 280 mm
Areas and Slot Positions Figure 2-21 shows the slot positions and numbering of the XD non-MTA splitter subrack. Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-27
2 — Subracks
Slot 15
Slot 14
Slot 13
Slot 12
Slot 11
Slot 10
Slot 09
Slot 08
Slot 07
Slot 06
Slot 05
Slot 04
Slot 03
Slot 02
Slot 01
Slot 00
Figure 2-21 Slot Positions in XD non-MTA Splitter Subrack
The XD non-MTA splitter subrack has one area:
• The Splitter (SP) area is 600 mm high and can house 540 mm x 175 mm plug-in units.
Board Types The XD non-MTA splitter subrack can accommodate the following units (Figure 2-21):
• up to 16 splitter boards (PSPB or PSUB): one per equipped LT in the FD-LT subrack. These splitter cards have the following characteristics:
• Six CHAMP connectors at the front stiffener (POTS & LINE & ADSL). • The splitter cards are completely ive circuits. They do not contain a Remote Inventory (RI) PROM nor test relays for line testing purposes.
Redundancy and Metallic Test Access No redundancy or MTA .
Overview ed Units Table 2-11 lists the ed plug-in units in the ASPS-C subrack for R4.2.03. Refer to Figure 2-21 for the slot positions. For detailed information about units, refer to the UDS. Appendix A gives the used mnemonics.
2-28
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks Table 2-11 ed Units in XD non-MTA Splitter Subrack - R4.2.03 Slot
Board Type
Description
Splitter slot
PSPB-A
48 line ive POTS splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
(01-16)
PSPB-B PSUB-A
48 line ive POTS/ISDN (2B1Q) splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
PSUB-B
48 line ive POTS/ISDN 4B3T) splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
CTAB-C
Cut-through applique for SHDSL
VSPB-A
24 line ive POTS splitter. VDSL interfaces
VSUB-A
24 line ive ISDN splitter. VDSL interfaces
Dummy Front s When MDF cabling is already foreseen for not-installed units, the MDF connectors must be fixed on dummy front s. The following dummy front s are available for XD non-MTA splitter subracks:
• front 3FE 24800 AA Powering The ASPS-C subrack does not require powering.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-29
2 — Subracks
2.8
Weight of the Different Components
Rack Equipment Table 2-12 lists the weight of the different subracks. TRUs and fan unit. Table 2-12 Overview of Rack Equipment XD Rack Equipment
Mnemonic
Weight (kg)
7302 FD LT/Combo subrack
NFXS-A
15.6
FD MTA splitter subrack
NFSS-A
9.6
FD non-MTA splitter subrack
NFSS-B
9.6
XD MTA splitter subrack (XD-SP)
ASPS-A
16.1
XD non-MTA splitter subrack (XD-PSP)
ASPS-C
16.1
Plug-in Units for FD Subracks Table 2-13 lists the size, weight and pitch of the different ed plug-in units for FD subracks. Table 2-13 Overview of Plug-in Units for FD Subracks Plug-in unit
Applied in Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Size (mm)
Weight (kg)
Pitch (mm)
FD-LT
NALT-B
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-C
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-D
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-E
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-J
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-K
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-L
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-M
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALS-A
405 x 225/205
1.8
25
X
NALS-B
405 x 225/205
1.6
25
X
NANT-A
405 x 225/205
1.5
30
X
NANT-D
405 x 225/205
1.5
30
X
NANT-E
405 x 225/205
1.5
30
X
NBAT-A
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
FD MTA Splitter
FD non-MTA Splitter
(1 of 3)
2-30
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
Plug-in unit
Applied in Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Size (mm)
Weight (kg)
Pitch (mm)
FD-LT
FD MTA Splitter
FD non-MTA Splitter
NBAT-B
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
NCNC-B
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
NCNC-D
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
NCNC-F
405 x 225/205
0.8
25
X
NCNC-G
405 x 225/205
0.8
25
X
NCTA-A
405 x 205
TBA
25
X
X
NCTA-B
405 x 205
TBA
25
X
X
NELT-A
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NELT-B
405 x 225/205
0.9
25
X
NGLT-A
405 x 225/205
0.9
25
X
NPIO-A
405 x 205
TBA
30
NPOT-A
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NPOT-B
405 x 225/205
1.1
25
X
NPSP-A
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
X
X
NPSP-B
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
X
X
NPSP-E
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
X
X
NPSU-A
405 x 205
2.4
25
X
X
NPSU-B
405 x 205
2.4
25
X
X
NSLT-A
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NSLT-B
405 x 225/205
0.9
25
X
NTAU-A
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
NVLS-A
405 x 225/205
1.7
25
X
NVLT-C
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NVLT-D
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NVLT-G
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NVLT-H
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NVLT-M
405 x 225/205
1.5
25
X
NVLT-N
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NVLT-P
405 x 225/205
1.0
25
X
NVLT-Q
405 x 225/205
1.0
25
X
NVPS-A
405 x 225/205
TBA
25
X
NVSP-B
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
NVSP-C
405 x 225/205
2.1
25
X
NVSP-D
405 x 225/205
TBA
25
X
NVSU-A
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
(2 of 3)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-31
2 — Subracks
Plug-in unit
Applied in Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Size (mm)
Weight (kg)
Pitch (mm)
FD-LT
FD MTA Splitter
FD non-MTA Splitter
NVSU-B
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
X
X
NWCA-A AA
405 x 225/205
1.05
25
X
NWCA-A AB
405 x 225/205
0.8
25
X
(3 of 3)
Splitter Plug-in Units for XD Subracks Table 2-14 lists the size, weight and pitch of the different ed splitter plug-in units for the XD MTA splitter subrack and the XD non-MTA splitter subrack. Table 2-14 Overview of Splitter Plug-in Units for XD Splitter Subracks Splitter Plug-in Unit
2-32
Applied in Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Size (mm)
Weight (kg)
Pitch (mm)
XD MTA Splitter
XD non-MTA Splitter
CTAB-C
540 x 175
0.65
25
CTAS-C
540 x 220
0.75
25
PSPB-A
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
PSPB-B
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
PSPC-R
300 x 200
2.4
25
X
PSPS-A
540 x 220
2.4
25
X
PSPS-B
540 x 220
2.4
25
X
PSPS-C
540 x 220
2.4
25
X
PSPS-F
540 x 220
2.4
25
X
PSUB-A
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
PSUB-B
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
PSUS-A
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
TAUS-A
540 x 220
2.4
25
X
VSPB-A
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
VSUB-A
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
X X
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
3—
Physical Rack Equipment
3.1 General
3-2
3.2 Rack Cabinet
3-2
3.3 Side Plates
3-5
3.4 Rack Doors
3-6
3.5 Key Locks
3-7
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
3-1
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
3.1
General The rack equipment can be delivered as a preassembled rack or in separate kits. This rack assembly is a universal rack cabinet, dimensions 2200 mm x 600 mm x 300 mm, which can be equipped with subracks, accompanying fan units and power and alarm cabling. Each rack configuration is ordered with a specific ordering code. Different parts can also be delivered separately or in kits, the assembly is done on site at the customer.
3.2
Rack Cabinet
Cabinet Types Table 3-1 shows the specifications of the universal rack. Table 3-1 Cabinet Type used for FD Equipment Type
Code
Height
Floorspace
Drawing
Universal
3FE 28688 AA
2200 mm
600 x 300 mm
Figure 3-1
Figure 3-1 Rack for FD Equipment
3-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
Transport Bracket
The transport bracket is mounted on the universal rack to protect the door from damage during transport. Figure 3-2 Transport Bracket
Transport bracket
On site the bracket must be removed.
Cabling Space As shown in Figure 3-1, the universal cabinet provides the space required for MDF cabling. Position and dimensions of side holes are adapted for routing cables of all subracks in any configuration. If required, the bottom plate can be removed as shown in Figure 3-3, to free bottom holes that allow cable routing under raised floor.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
3-3
3 — Physical Rack Equipment Figure 3-3 Top and inside Bottom View
Top view
Bottom view inside cabinet
Floor plate mounted
3-4
Floor plate removed (cable routing via bottom holes)
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
3.3
Side Plates Table 3-2 specifies the items which are required to equip a universal rack with side plates (left or right). Table 3-2 Side Plate Fixing Items Description
Quantity
Item No. on Figure 3-4
Side plate
2
1
Screw M4
20
2
Washer M4
20
3
The same kit is used for mounting a side plate on the left or on the right. Figure 3-4 shows the right side plate. Figure 3-4 Mounting Side Plate on FD Racks
When mounting or dismounting the side plate, always remove the corner upright (item 4 in Figure 3-4) first. Each side plate is mounted with 5 screws and washers on the front and 5 screws and washers on the side. Refer to the 7302 ISAM FD Hardware Installation Manual for the installation procedure. Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
3-5
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
3.4
Rack Doors One universal door is available (code 3FE 20207 JC). The door opens to the left and can be closed by means of two door latch locks. Figure 3-5 FD Rack with Right Side Door
Refer to the 7302 ISAM FD Hardware Installation Manual for the installation procedure.
3-6
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
3.5
Key Locks The door latch locks can be replaced on site by key locks. A key lock kit can be ordered separately (code 3FE 25800 AA). This kit contains two key locks, two keys and instructions to replace the standard latch locks by key locks. Figure 3-6 Key Lock Kit
Refer to the 7302 ISAM FD Hardware Installation Manual for installation procedure.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
3-7
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
3-8
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
4—
Rack Configurations
4.1 General
4-2
4.2 Rack Configurations
4-2
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
4-1
4 — Rack Configurations
4.1
General This chapter describes the rack configurations for the 7302 FD subrack and FD splitter subrack. An 7302 FD LT/Combo rack contains:
• • • •
4.2
A rack cabinet: 2200 mm high or 1800 mm high. A door opening/closing on the left or the right side with a handle or a lock. One, two or three subrack(s) depending on the rack configuration. One fan unit per equipped LT subrack, for equipment cooling.
Rack Configurations Table 4-1 gives an overview of all the possible rack configurations with FD LT subracks only. These configurations are shown in Figure 4-1. Table 4-1 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks only
Code
3FE 27792 AA
Cabinet
3FE 28688 AA
SR 1 Fan1
SR 2 Fan 2
SR 3
3FE 27792 BA
3FE 27793 AA
3FE 27793 BA
3FE 27794 AA
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 NB)
(3EC 37533 ND(2))
(3EC 37533 NB(1))
(3EC 37533 ND(2))
(3EC 37533 NB)
-
-
-
-
-
-
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 NB)
(3EC 37533 ND)
(3EC 37533 NB)
-
-
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 3
-
-
-
-
AFAN-H (with dust filter) (3EC 37533 NB)
Notes (1) Normal noise fan unit (2) Low acoustic noise fan unit
4-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
4 — Rack Configurations Figure 4-1 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks only 3FE 27792 AA
3FE 27793 AA 3FE 27793 BA
3FE 27794 AA
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
Note — For rack configuration 3FE 27794 AA:
this configuration can only be used with a limited number combinations of LT boards, see section “Three FD LT Subracks in One Rack”. Table 4-2 and Table 4-3 give an overview of all the possible rack configurations with FD LT subracks and FD splitter subracks. These configurations are shown in Figure 4-2. Table 4-2 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks and FD splitter subracks Code
3FE 29852 AA
3FE 29852 BA
3FE 29853 AA
Cabinet
3FE 28688 AA
SR 1
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
Fan1
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
SR 2
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 2
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 NB(1))
(3EC 37533 ND(2))
(3EC 37533 NB(1))
SR 3
-
-
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 3
-
-
AFAN-H (with dust filter) (3EC 37533 NB(1))
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
4-3
4 — Rack Configurations Notes (1) Normal noise fan unit (2) Low acoustic noise fan unit
Table 4-3 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks and FD splitter subracks Code
3FE 29853 BA
3FE 62445 AA
3FE 63160 AA
Cabinet
3FE 28688 AA
SR 1
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
NFSS-B (3FE 62384 AA)
NFSS-B (3FE 62384 AA)
Fan1
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
SR 2
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 2
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 ND(1))
(3EC 37533 ND(1))
(3EC 37533 ND(1))
SR 3
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
-
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 3
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
-
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 ND(1))
(3EC 37533 ND(1))
Notes (1) Low acoustic noise fan unit
Figure 4-2 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks and FD splitter subracks 3FE 29853 AA
FD non-MTA splitter subrack
3FE 29852 AA
3FE 29852 AB
3FE 29852 BA
3FE 29852 BB
FD non-MTA splitter subrack
3FE 62445 AA
3FE 63160 AA
FD MTA splitter subrack
FD MTA splitter subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD non-MTA splitter subrack
FD LT subrack
A
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
A: distance between mounting brackets is 167.5 mm
Table 4-4 gives an overview of all the possible rack configurations with FD LT subracks and XD splitter subracks. These configurations are shown in Figure 4-3.
4-4
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
4 — Rack Configurations Table 4-4 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks and XD splitter subracks Code
3FE 27790 AA
Cabinet
3FE 28688 AA
SR 1
ASPS-C (3FE 24594 AA)
ASPS-A (3FE 21591 BA)
Fan1
not applicable
not applicable
SR 2
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 2
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 NB)
3FE 27791 AA
Note: Mounting brackets 19” required
(3EC 37533 NB)
Figure 4-3 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks and splitter subracks 3FE 27790 AA
3FE 27791 AA
Non-MTA splitter subrack
MTA splitter subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
Table 4-5 gives an overview of all the possible rack configurations with FD LT subracks in 1.8 m rack. Table 4-5 Rack Configurations for 1.8 m racks Code
3FE 29852 AB
Cabinet
3FE 29537 AA(1)
3FE 29852 BB
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
4-5
4 — Rack Configurations
Code
3FE 29852 AB
3FE 29852 BB
SR 1
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
Fan1
not applicable
not applicable
SR 2
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 2
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 NB(2))
(3EC 37533 ND(3))
(2 of 2) Notes (1) Cabinet is 1.8 m high (2) Normal noise fan unit (3) Low acoustic noise fan unit
Three FD LT Subracks in One Rack When FD LT subracks are deployed in this configuration, only a limited number of combinations of NT boards and LT boards can be used. For more information on the applicable configurations, see the 7302 ISAM FD Hardware Installation manual.
Weight Information It is important to know if the floor can bear the weight of a specific rack configuration. The weight of the different rack configurations is listed in Table 4-6. Table 4-6 FD Rack Configuration Weights
4-6
Configuration
Weight
1 FD LT/Combo subrack
108 kg
2 FD LT/Combo subracks
156 kg
1 XD SP - 1 FD LT subrack
208 kg
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
5—
SFP Optical Modules
5.1 Introduction
5-2
5.2 Optical Fiber Management Capacity 5.3 SFP Optical Modules
5-2
5-3
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
5-1
5 — SFP Optical Modules
5.1
Introduction This section describes the optical fiber management capacity for the 7302 ISAM and lists the Alcatel-Lucent-approved Small Form Pluggable (SFP) modules that are ed for each board type.
5.2
Optical Fiber Management Capacity Due to some fibre handling and routing issues, some limitation apply on the number of fibres that can be ed by a given subrack type. Two types of fiber are considered:
• Standard fibre: Ø 3 mm • Thin fibre: Ø 1.6 mm For NT and NT I/O Boards For fibers directly connected to the NTs (where each NT s three Small Form Pluggable (SFP) fiber interfaces), the following applies:
• SFPs with thin fibers (thin fibre cross-section = 1.6 mm): On the NT slots, a maximum of 16 thin fibers or 8 per NT can be wired. So no restrictions to the maximum of 2 NT x 3SFPs/NT x 2 fibers per SFP = 12 thin fibers • SFPs with standard fibers (standard fibre cross-section = 3 mm): The limit of 4 standard fibers that can be wired for the sum of the 2 NT slots gives a restriction: that is, maximum 2 SFPs with standard fiber for the sum of 2 NTs.
For Optical LT Boards Table 5-1 shows the fiber management capacity per LT slot for the different optical fiber types. Table 5-1 Fiber Management Capacity per LT Slot Fiber Cable Diameter
Maximum Number of Cables per LT Slot
3 mm
16
1.6 mm
32
Up to 18 LT boards are ed in an FD subrack, on the condition that there are no rack and cabling restrictions at the customer side. The following tables show the fiber management capacity per subrack for the different optical fiber types if the Alcatel-Lucent fiber management kit 3FE 61087 AA is being used.
• Table 5-2 for NELT-x boards • Table 5-3 for NGLT-x boards
5-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
5 — SFP Optical Modules Table 5-2 Fiber Management Capacity per Subrack for NELT-x Boards Fiber Cable Diameter
Maximum Number of Cables per Subrack
3 mm
10 NELT boards (5 boards in each side of the subrack) with 16 fibers per slot Note: this is not applicable for the NELT-B board, only for the NELT-A board.
2 mm
16 NELT boards (8 boards in each side of the subrack) with 36 fibers per slot (tight per fiber conduct).
1.6 mm
16 NELT boards (8 boards in each side of the subrack) with 36 fibers per slot
Table 5-3 Fiber Management Capacity per Subrack for NGLT-x Boards Fiber Cable Diameter
Maximum Number of Cables per Subrack
3 mm
16 NGLT-x boards (8 boards in each side of the subrack) with 8 fibers per slot
1.6 mm
16 NGLT-x boards (8 boards in each side of the subrack) with 8 fibers per slot
Note (1)
The NGLT-x boards must only be used in ISAM systems with an FD 100Gbps or an FD 320Gbps NT board
The limitation in capacity is driven by the fiber management kit.
5.3
SFP Optical Modules Table 5-4 lists the Alcatel-Lucent-approved Small Form Pluggable (SFP) optical modules that are ed for each board type. Table 5-5 lists different characteristics of these SFP modules.
NGLT-A
NELT-B
NELT-A
NCNC-F
NCNC-D
NCNC-B
NANT-E
Description
NANT-D
Code
NANT-A
Table 5-4 ed SFP Modules per Board Type
Fast Ethernet SFP 3FE 25777 AA
FE-FX
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25778 AA
FE-LX10
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29194 AA
FE BX-10-D
Y
Y
3FE 29194 BA
FE BX-10-D
3FE 29195 AA
FE BX-10-U
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
(1 of 3)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
5-3
NELT-B
Y
Y
NGLT-A
NELT-A
NCNC-F
NCNC-D
100Base-T
NCNC-B
3FE 63343 AA
NANT-E
Description
NANT-D
Code
NANT-A
5 — SFP Optical Modules
Fast Ethernet SFP with SGMII Interface 3FE 29625 DA
100Base-LX10
Y
Y
3FE 28784 AA
1000Base-T
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 64927 AA
1000Base-T
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Copper SFP
Gigabit Ethernet SFP 3FE 25773 AA
GE-SX
Y
3FE 25773 CA
GE-SX
Y
3FE 25774 AA
GE-LX
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25775 AA
GE-EX
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25776 AA
GE-ZX
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25776 BA
GE-ZX
Y
3FE 25771 AA
GE-YX
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AB
CWDM
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AD
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AE
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AF
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AG
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AH
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29551 CA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29552 CA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29553 CA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29554 CA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29555 CA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AC
3FE 25771 CA 3FE 29549 CA 3FE 29550 CA
(24 dB)
GE-VX CWDM (32 dB)
Y
3FE 25772 AA
GE-BX10-U
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25772 AB
GE-BX10-D
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 28785 AA
GE-BX40-U
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 28785 AB
GE-BX40-D
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 63289 AA
GE-PX20
Y
Y
2.5 Gigabit Ethernet SFP (2 of 3)
5-4
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
NGLT-A
Y
NELT-B
2500-LX
NELT-A
3FE 61083 AA
NCNC-F
Y
NCNC-D
2500-SX
NCNC-B
3FE 61082 AA
NANT-D
Description
NANT-A
Code
NANT-E
5 — SFP Optical Modules
Y
10 Gigabit Ethernet XFP 3FE 50712 BB
10GE-LX
Y
3FE 50712 CB
10GE-EX
Y
SFP+ 3FE 62600 AA
10GE-LR
Y
Y
3FE 62600 CA
10GE-LR
Y
Y
3FE 62600 DA
10GE-LR
Y
Y
3FE 63264 AA
10GE-SR
Y
Y
3FE 65831 AA
10GE-ER
Y
Y
E1 SFP 3FE 61681 AA
E1 SFP
Y
Y
Y
Dual SFP 3FE 65106 AA
GE-BX10-D
Y
3FE 65107 AA
FE-BX10-D
Y
FE-BX10-D
Y
GE-BX-10-D
Y
3FE 66131
AA(1)
GPON SFP 3FE 53441 AC
GPON SFP B+
Y
3FE 53441 BC
GPON SFP C+
Y
(3 of 3) Notes (1) This is a dual-rate compact SFP
Table 5-5 Characteristics of Approved SFP Modules Code
Description
Wavelength (nm)
Operating Case Temp. Range (°C)
Optical Budget (dB)
Reach (km)
Fiber
Bidi /Uni
UDS(1)
DAAA
Fast Ethernet SFP 3FE 25777 AA
FE-FX
1310
-40..+85
12
0.550
MM
Uni
3FE 25778 AA
FE-LX10
1310
-40..+85
16
15
SM
Uni
(1 of 3)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
5-5
5 — SFP Optical Modules
Code
Description
Wavelength (nm)
Operating Case Temp. Range (°C)
Optical Budget (dB)
Reach (km)
Fiber
Bidi /Uni
UDS(1)
3FE 29194 AA
FE BX-10-D
TX: 1550
-40..+85
14
10
SM
Bidi
FAAA
-40..+85
14
10
SM
Bidi
-40..+85
14
10
SM
Bidi
0..+70
NA
0.100
Cat5
NA
PAAA
RX: 1310 3FE 29194 BA
FE BX-10-D
TX: 1490 RX: 1310
3FE 29195 AA
FE BX-10-U
TX: 1310 RX: 1550
3FE 63343 AA
100Base-T
NA
Fast Ethernet SFP with SGMII Interface 3FE 29625 DA
100Base-LX10
1310
-40..+85
13
15
SM
Uni
HAAA
3FE 28784 AA
1000Base-T
NA
0..+85
NA
0.100
Cat5
NA
EAAA
3FE 64927 AA
1000Base-T
NA
-40..+85
NA
0.100
Cat5
NA
Copper SFP
Gigabit Ethernet SFP 3FE 25773 AA
GE-SX
850
-40..+85
7
0.550
MM
Uni
3FE 25773 CA
GE-SX
850
-10..+85
7
0.550
MM
Uni
3FE 25774 AA
GE-LX
1310
-40..+85
11
10
SM
Uni
3FE 25775 AA
GE-EX
1310
-40..+85
18
40
SM
Uni
3FE 25776 AA
GE-ZX
1550
-40..+85
24
80
SM
Uni
3FE 25776 BA
GE-ZX
1550
-25..+85
24
80
SM
Uni
3FE 25771 AA
GE-YX
1471
-40..+85
22
62
SM
Uni
3FE 25771 AB
CWDM
1491
-5..+85
31
120
SM
Uni
3FE 25771 AC
(24 dB)
1531
3FE 25771 AE
1551
3FE 25771 AF
1571
3FE 25771 AG
1591
3FE 25771 AH
1611
3FE 29549 CA 3FE 29550 CA
GE-VX CWDM (32 dB)
AAAA
1511
3FE 25771 AD
3FE 25771 CA
CAAA
1471 1491 1511
3FE 29551 CA
1531
3FE 29552 CA
1551
3FE 29553 CA
1571
3FE 29554 CA
1591
3FE 29555 CA
1611
(2 of 3)
5-6
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
5 — SFP Optical Modules
Code
Description
Wavelength (nm)
Operating Case Temp. Range (°C)
Optical Budget (dB)
Reach (km)
Fiber
Bidi /Uni
UDS(1)
3FE 25772 AA
GE-BX10-U
TX: 1310
-40..+85
9
10
SM
Bidi
GAAA
-40..+85
9
10
SM
Bidi
-40..+85
19
40
SM
Bidi
-40..+85
19
40
SM
Bidi
-10..+75
26
20
MM
Bidi
KAAA
NAAA
RX: 1490 3FE 25772 AB
GE-BX10-D
TX: 1490 RX: 1310
3FE 28785 AA
GE-BX40-U
TX: 1310 RX: 1550
3FE 28785 AB
GE-BX40-D
TX: 1550 RX: 1310
3FE 63289 AB
GE-PX20
TX: 1310 RX: 1490
2.5 Gigabit Ethernet SFP 3FE 61082 AA
2500-SX
1310
-40..+85
7
7
SM
Uni
3FE 61083 AA
2500-LX
1310
-40..+85
10.5
20
SM
Uni
10 Gigabit Ethernet XFP 3FE 50712 BB
10GE-LX
1310
-40..+85
6
10
SM
Uni
3FE 50712 CB
10GE-EX
1550
-40..+85
11
40
SM
Uni
3FE 62600 AA
10GE-LR
1310
-40..+85
6
10
SM
Uni
3FE 62600 CA
10GE-LR
1310
-5..+85
6
10
SM
Uni
3FE 62600 DA
10GE-LR
1310
0..+70
6
10
SM
Uni
3FE 63264 AA
10GE-SR
850
-40..+85
7.3
0.3
SM
Uni
3FE 65831 AA
10GE-ER
1550
-40..+85
11
40
SM
Uni
E1 SFP
NA
-40..+70
NA
0.770
NA
Uni
GE-BX10-D
TX: 1490
-40..+85
9
10
SM
Bidi
-40..+85
14
10
SM
Bidi
8 (FE)
10
SM
Bidi
JAAA
SFP+ MAAA
E1 SFP 3FE 61681 AA
LAAA
Dual SFP 3FE 65106 AA
RX: 1310 3FE 65107 AA
FE-BX10-D
TX: 1550 RX: 1310
3FE 66131 AA
FE-BX10-D
TX: 1490
GE-BX10-D
RX: 1310
Class B+, normal
TX: 1490
Class C+, normal
TX: 1490
-40..+85
TAAA
9 (GE)
GPON SFP 3FE 53441 AC 3FE 53441 BA
-40..+85
28
30
SM
Bidi
-5..+70
32
60
SM
Bidi
RX: 1310
RAAA
RX: 1310
(3 of 3) Note (1)
For more detailed information on the different characteristics of the SFP module, refer to UDS 3HH 01046 xxxx TQZZA (where xxxx is the document variant indicated in this column).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
5-7
5 — SFP Optical Modules
5-8
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
A.
Board Mnemonics
A.1 Board Mnemonics
A-2
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
A-1
A. Board Mnemonics
A.1
Board Mnemonics Table A-1 gives the used board mnemonics with their description. Table A-1 Mnemonics Mnemonic
Description
AFAN-H
ADSL Fan unit - version H
CTAS-C
SHDSL Cut-through Applique - version C
NALT-B/C
ADSL Line Termination Unit (POTS) for FD subrack - version B/C
NALT-D
ADSL Line Termination Unit (ISDN) for FD subrack - version D
NALT-E (AA)
MultiDSL OD-LT (POTS) - version E
NALT-E (AB)
MultiDSL CO-LT (POTS) - version E
NALT-J (AA)
MultiDSL OD-LT (POTS) - version J
NALT-J (BA)
MultiDSL CO-LT (POTS) - version J
NALT-K (BA)
MultiDSL CO-LT (ISDN) - version K
NALT-L
MultiDSL CO-LT (POTS) - version L
NALT-M
MultiDSL CO-LT (POTS) with MELT - version M
NALS-A
MultiDSL OD Combined Line Termination/Splitter Board (POTS) - version A
NALS-B
MultiDSL OD Combined Line Termination/Splitter Board (ISDN) - version B
NALS-C
MultiDSL OD Combined Line Termination/Splitter Board (POTS) - version C
NANT-A
Combined NT Unit (24Gbps) for FD subrack - version A
NANT-D
Combined NT Unit (100Gbps) for FD subrack - version D
NANT-E
Combined NT Unit (320Gbps) for FD subrack - version E
NBAT-A/B
FD ISDN Basic Rate Access Line Termination Unit - version A/B
NCNC-B
FD FE/GE Network Termination I/O Applique - version B
NCNC-D
FD FE/GE Network Termination I/O Applique - version D
NCNC-F
FD 10GE Network Termination I/O Applique - version F
NCNC-G
GPON Network Termination I/O Applique - version G
NELT-A
16 line FD Fast Ethernet Line Termination Unit - version A
NELT-B
36 line FD Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet Line Termination Unit - version B
NFXS-A
FD FleXible Shelf - version A
NGLT-A
GPON Line Termination Board- version A
NPOT-A
FD POTS Only Line Termination Unit - version A
NPOT-B
FD POTS Only Line Termination Unit - version B
NPSP-A
MII ive POTS Splitter without MTA for FD subrack - version A
NPSP-B AA
ETSI ive 48 port POTS splitter for FD - version B
NPSP-B AF
ETSI ive 48 port POTS splitter with MTA for FD - version B
NPSP-E
ETSI ive 72 port POTS splitter with MTA for FD - version E
(1 of 2)
A-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
A. Board Mnemonics
Mnemonic
Description
NPSU-A
ETSI 48 port POTS/ISDN splitter for FD- version A
NSLT-A
FD SHDSL Line Termination - version A
NSLT-B
FD SHDSL Line Termination with MELT - version B
NVLS-A
48 ports low power VDSL2 POTS Line Termination Board with integrated splitter - version A
NVLT-C
48 ports VDSL2 POTS Line Termination Board - version C
NVLT-D
48 ports VDSL2 ISDN Line Termination Board - version D
NVLT-G
48 ports VDSL2 POTS Line Termination Board - version G
NVLT-H
48 ports VDSL2 ISDN Line Termination Board - version H
NVLT-M
48 ports VDSL2 Line Termination Board with MELT - version M
NVLT-N
48 ports low power VDSL2 POTS Line Termination Board with MELT - version N
NVLT-P
48 ports low power VDSL2 POTS Line Termination Board - version P
NVLT-Q
48 ports low power VDSL2 ISDN Line Termination Board - version Q
NVPS-A
FD Voice Package Server - version A
NVSP-B
ETSI ive 48 port POTS splitter for FD - version B
NVSU-A/B
ETSI 48 port POTS/ISDN splitter for FD - version A/B
PSPC-R
ive Splitter-Central office for POTS - version R
PSPS-A
48 Port ive POTS Splitter - version A (MII)
PSPS-B
48 Port ive POTS Splitter - version B (ETSI)
PSPS-C
48 Port ive POTS Splitter - version C (BT)
PSPS-F
48 Port ive POTS Splitter - version C (BT)
PSUS-A
48 Port ive POTS/ISDN Splitter - version A (48 lines, 2B1Q ISDN)
TAUS-A
Test Acces Unit - version A
(2 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
A-3
A. Board Mnemonics
A-4
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
Index
Numbers
N
7302 FD subrack characteristics, 2-3 configurations, 4-2
network topology, 1-2 network side, 1-4 side, 1-3
D
O
Dimensioning, 1-27
optical fiber capacity, 5-2 management, 5-2
F FD MTA splitter subrack characteristics, 2-16 FD non-MTA splitter subrack characteristics, 2-21
I IWF capabilities, 1-27
M management network, 1-25 MELT , 2-10 MTA , 1-41
R redundancy 1 N LT, 1-41 1+1 NT, 1-39
S service capacity specifications, 1-38 SFP modules, 5-3 system architecture, 1-6 IHub, 1-24 SHub, 1-23
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
IN-1
Index T — XD splitter subrack without MTA
T Technical specifications distance and performance, 1-38 P-OLT connection capacity, 1-38 service capacity specifications, 1-38
X XD splitter subrack with MTA characteristics, 2-24 XD splitter subrack without MTA characteristics, 2-27
IN-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
Customer documentation and product
Customer documentation http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/myaccess Product manuals and documentation updates are available at alcatel-lucent.com. If you are a new and require access to this service, please your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.
Technical http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/
Documentation [email protected]
© 2011 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved. 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released
3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released
Alcatel-Lucent Proprietary This document contains proprietary information of Alcatel-Lucent and is not to be disclosed or used except in accordance with applicable agreements. Copyright 2011 © Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented, which is subject to change without notice. Alcatel, Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are ed trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Copyright 2011 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved. Disclaimers
Alcatel-Lucent products are intended for commercial uses. Without the appropriate network design engineering, they must not be sold, licensed or otherwise distributed for use in any hazardous environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft navigation or communication systems, air traffic control, direct life- machines, or weapons systems, in which the failure of products could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical or environmental damage. The customer hereby agrees that the use, sale, license or other distribution of the products for any such application without the prior written consent of Alcatel-Lucent, shall be at the customer's sole risk. The customer hereby agrees to defend and hold Alcatel-Lucent harmless from any claims for loss, cost, damage, expense or liability that may arise out of or in connection with the use, sale, license or other distribution of the products in such applications. This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel-Lucent products. Please note that this information is provided as a courtesy to assist you. While Alcatel-Lucent tries to ensure that this information accurately reflects information provided by the supplier, please refer to the materials provided with any non-Alcatel-Lucent product and the supplier for confirmation. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility or liability for incorrect or incomplete information provided about non-Alcatel-Lucent products. However, this does not constitute a representation or warranty. The warranties provided for Alcatel-Lucent products, if any, are set forth in contractual documentation entered into by Alcatel-Lucent and its customers. This document was originally written in English. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the English version and any other version of a document, the English version shall prevail.
When printed by Alcatel-Lucent, this document is printed on recycled paper.
Preface
This preface provides general information about the documentation set for the 7302 Intelligent Services Access Manager (7302 ISAM).
Scope This documentation set provides information about safety, features and functionality, ordering, hardware installation and maintenance, CLI and TL1 commands, and software upgrade and migration procedures.
Audience This documentation set is intended for planners, s, operators, and maintenance personnel involved in installing, upgrading, or maintaining the 7302 ISAM.
Prerequisite knowledge The reader must be familiar with general telecommunications principles.
Safety information For ETSI safety information, see the 7302 ISAM Safety Manual.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
iii
Preface
The following are examples of how special information is presented in this document. Danger — Danger indicates that the described activity or situation
may result in serious personal injury or death; for example, high voltage or electric shock hazards. Warning — Warning indicates that the described activity or situation
may, or will, cause equipment damage or serious performance problems. Caution — Caution indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause service interruption.
Note — A note provides information that is, or may be, of special
interest.
Document conventions The following conventions are used in this documentation set.
Measurement conventions Measurements in this document are expressed in imperial units. If metric measurements are included, they appear in brackets following the imperial measurement. Time and metric measurements follow the Système international d’unités (SI) standard for abbreviation of time and metric units (for example, the abbreviation for minute is min and for second is s).
Acronyms See the glossary included with the System Description for the expansion of acronyms used in this documentation set.
Release notes Be sure to refer to the release notes (such as the Customer Release Notes or Emergency Fix Release Note) issued for software loads of the 7302 ISAM before you install or use the 7302 ISAM. The release notes provide important information about the software load.
Documents Table 1 lists the documents that make up the 7302 ISAM Release 4.2.03 documentation set. iv
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
Preface Table 1 7302 ISAM Release 4.2.03 documentation set Title
Description
Part number
CD containing all the documents in the 7302 ISAM documentation set (1)
3HH-09357-CAAA
Product Information
Provides general system information for the 7302 ISAM
3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Provides conceptual information for the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN and the 7356 ISAM FTTB equipped with the 24Gbps NT
3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
System Description for FD 100/320Gbps NT
Provides conceptual information for the 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN equipped with the 100Gpbs or the 320Gbps NT
3HH-08871-BAAA-TQZZA
Safety Manual
Provides general safety guidelines when handling, installing, or operating the 7302 ISAM equipment
3HH-09138-AAAA-TCZZA
FD Hardware Installation Guide
Describes the hardware installation for the 7302 ISAM FD equipment
3HH-07197-AAAA-RJZZA
FD MII Hardware Installation Guide
Describes the hardware installation for the 7302 ISAM FD MII equipment
3HH-07198-AAAA-RJZZA
TL1 Commands and Messages for FD 24Gbps NT
Describes the TL1 commands and messages for the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN and the 7356 ISAM FTTB equipped with the 24Gbps NT
3HH-09001-AAAA-TCZZA
TL1 Commands and Messages for FD 100/320Gbps NT
Describes the TL1 commands and messages for the 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN equipped with the 100Gpbs or the 320Gbps NT
3HH-09001-BAAA-TCZZA
Operations and Maintenance Using TL1 for FD 24Gbps NT
Provides task-oriented procedures using TL1 for operating and maintaining the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN and the 7356 ISAM FTTB equipped with the 24Gbps NT
3HH-09000-AAAA-TQZZA
Operations and Maintenance Using TL1 for FD 100/320Gbps NT
Provides task-oriented procedures using TL1 for operating and maintaining the 7302 ISAM and 7330 ISAM FTTN equipped with the 100Gpbs or the 320Gbps NT
3HH-09000-BAAA-TQZZA
CLI Commands for FD 24Gbps NT
Describes the CLI commands for the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN and the 7356 ISAM FTTB equipped with the 24Gbps NT
3HH-04416-DCAA-TCZZA
CLI Commands for FD 100/320Gbps NT
Describes the CLI commands for the 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN equipped the 100Gpbs or the 320Gbps NT
3HH-08079-DCAA-TCZZA
Operations and Maintenance Using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT
Provides task-oriented procedures using CLI for operating and maintaining the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN and the 7356 ISAM FTTB equipped with the 24Gbps NT
3HH-08999-AAAA-TQZZA
Operations and Maintenance Using CLI for FD 100/320Gbps NT
Provides task-oriented procedures using CLI for operating and maintaining the 7302 ISAM and 7330 ISAM FTTN equipped with the 100Gpbs or the 320Gbps NT
3HH-08999-BAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT IHub System Basics, Management and OAM Guide
Describes the IHub system basics, system management and OAM (Operations and Maintenance)
3HH-09136-AAAA-TQZZA
Documentation CD 7302 ISAM CD General documentation
Hardware documentation
TL1 documentation
CLI documentation
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
v
Preface
Title
Description
Part number
FD 100/320Gbps NT IHub Interface Guide
Describes the IHub system interfaces
3HH-09363-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT IHub QoS Guide
Describes the IHub Quality of Service
3HH-09135-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT IHub Router Configuration and Protocols Guide
Describes the IHub router configuration and router protocols
3HH-08997-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps NT IHub Services Guide
Describes the IHub services
3HH-08998-AAAA-TQZZA
FD 100/320Gbps MPLS Guide
Describes the IHub MPLS services
3HH-09364-AAAA-TQZZA
Software Installation Guide
Describes the software management of the 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN equipment
3HH-07196-AAAA-RJZZA
Software Upgrade and Migration Application Procedures
Provides instructions for using the automated tools for upgrading and migrating the software for the 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN
3HH-08277-AAAA-TCZZA
Software documentation(1)
(2 of 2) Note (1)
vi
Software documentation is not included on the 7302 ISAM documentation CD
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
Contents
Preface
iii
Scope ............................................................................................... iii Audience ............................................................................................... iii Prerequisite knowledge ............................................................................... iii Safety information ..................................................................................... iii Document conventions ................................................................................ iv Release notes........................................................................................... iv Documents .............................................................................................. iv
1—
System Overview 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8
2—
Subracks 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8
1-1
Introduction .............................................................................. 1-2 System Architecture .................................................................... 1-6 Network Management ................................................................. 1-25 Equipment Management .............................................................. 1-26 Board Capabilities and Dimensioning ............................................... 1-27 NT Redundancy ............................................................... 1-39 MTA and 1:N LT Redundancy ............................................... 1-41 CLEI Codes............................................................................... 1-42
2-1
Introduction .............................................................................. 2-2 General ................................................................................... 2-2 7302 FD Subrack ......................................................................... 2-3 FD MTA Splitter Subrack .............................................................. 2-16 FD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack ......................................................... 2-21 XD MTA Splitter Subrack .............................................................. 2-24 XD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack......................................................... 2-27 Weight of the Different Components ............................................... 2-30
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
vii
Contents
3—
Physical Rack Equipment 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5
4—
5—
5-1
Introduction .............................................................................. 5-2 Optical Fiber Management Capacity ................................................. 5-2 SFP Optical Modules .................................................................... 5-3
Board Mnemonics A.1
4-1
General ................................................................................... 4-2 Rack Configurations..................................................................... 4-2
SFP Optical Modules 5.1 5.2 5.3
A.
General ................................................................................... 3-2 Rack Cabinet ............................................................................. 3-2 Side Plates ............................................................................... 3-5 Rack Doors ............................................................................... 3-6 Key Locks ................................................................................. 3-7
Rack Configurations 4.1 4.2
3-1
A-1
Board Mnemonics........................................................................ A-2
Index
viii
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1—
System Overview
1.1 Introduction
1-2
1.2 System Architecture
1-6
1.3 Network Management 1.4 Equipment Management
1-25 1-26
1.5 Board Capabilities and Dimensioning 1.6 NT Redundancy
1-39
1.7 MTA and 1:N LT Redundancy 1.8 CLEI Codes
1-27
1-41
1-42
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-1
1 — System Overview
1.1
Introduction The 7302 ISAM is a frame based Multi Service Access Platform, offering high-density copper and fiber connections for multimedia, high-speed internet access, voice and business services.
General Network Topology Figure 1-1 shows the basic network topology: Figure 1-1 General network topology IP Edge Router / BRAS Ethernet Switch xDSL
ISAM
NSP IP backbone
FE/GE/10GE
Ethernet Voice
EMAN
DS1/E1
NSP IP backbone
Video FE/GE/10GE
NSP IP backbone
ISAM ISAM shelf xDSL
xDSL LT
Ethernet Voice
Voice LT
NT
FE/GE
DS1/E1 ONT Video
FE/GE
Eth LT
OMCI GPON
GPON LT ISAM OLT
1-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
Side At the side, each 7302 ISAM shelf can terminate:
• • • •
DSL interfaces (ADSL, VDSL and SHDSL) Ethernet interfaces ive Optical Network (PON) interfaces (*) POTS/ISDN interface in the voice package Note — (*): Only applicable for 7302 ISAM equipped with a
100Gbps or a 320Gbps NT board.
It is possible to connect subtending DSLAMs to the FE/GE/10GE links at the side in:
• cascading mode: a chain of 1 subtending ISAM per ISAM; see Figure 1-2 • star mode: multiple subtending ISAMs per ISAM; see Figure 1-3 • ring mode (except when there is a ring behind a Hub-ISAM); see Figure 1-4. Figure 1-2 Cascading Topology
Cascading up to three levels ISAM ISAM
ISAM
k*FE/GE/10GE k*FE/GE/10GE
EMAN interfaces
interfaces
interfaces
Figure 1-3 Star Topology ISAM
ISAM
k*FE/GE/10GE
EMAN interfaces ISAM
interfaces
k*FE/GE/10GE interfaces
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-3
1 — System Overview Figure 1-4 Ring Topology ISAM interfaces
k*FE/GE/10GE ISAM
ISAM interfaces
EMAN
k*FE/GE/10GE
ISAM
interfaces
interfaces k*FE/GE/10GE
Network Side At the network side, the 7302 ISAM terminates FE, GE, 2.5 GE or 10GE links. The following configurations are possible:
• Connected to one or more Ethernet Switches The Ethernet links can be connected to one or more Ethernet Switches. These Ethernet Switches forward the frames over the Ethernet based aggregation access network until they reach the IP Edge Router or BRAS of the corresponding Network Service Provider (NSP). At the IP Edge Router or BRAS, the frames enter the IP backbone of the NSP. • More than one FE/GE link (link aggregation) In case of more than one FE or GE, Ethernet link aggregation is used. • Directly connected to an IP Edge Router The 7302 ISAM can be connected directly to the IP Edge Router or BRAS. The Ethernet aggregation network is reduced to one or more parallel Ethernet links. • Can also be connected to a Multi-protocol Label Switching (MPLS) network (when the ISAM is equipped with a 100Gbps or a 320Gbps NT board).
1-4
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview Figure 1-5 Network Connections IP Edge Router / BRAS Ethernet Switch ISAM interfaces
NSP IP backbone
m x FE/GE/10GE
EMAN
FE/GE
NSP IP backbone
n x FE/GE/10GE
NSP IP backbone
ISAM interfaces NSP IP backbone FE/GE
Note — A link is a term which is used to refer to the physical layer of an interface of the 7302 ISAM, for example, an ADSL link, an Ethernet link.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-5
1 — System Overview
1.2
System Architecture
Functional Decomposition The ISAM is built as a typical multiplexer which can be equipped with the following main boards:
• • • •
a Network Termination (NT) board (optionally 1+1 redundant) a NT Input/Output board (optional) a set of Line Termination (LT) boards implementing the interfaces. Gigabit ive Optical Network (GPON) LT boards Figure 1-6 ISAM Decomposition ISAM
NT
LT
…
NTIO
LT-applique
The ISAM’s management plane, control plane, and most of the data plane is realized on the NT board and on the LT boards. Figure 1-7 ISAM System Decomposition
NT
LT
xHub xHub control
Switch/Router
System control
LT-Control
Transport
IWF
Data plane Control plane
Note — In case of GPON, the LT must be considered as a GPON LT
and an ONT.
1-6
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
xHub is a common denominator for SHub and IHub:
• SHub: forwarder on the 24 Gbps NT board • IHub: forwarder on the 100 Gbps NT board and on the 320 Gbps NT board 24 Gbps NT Board
The 24 Gbps NT board consists of an SHub subsystem and a System Control subsystem.
• The SHub subsystem has basic L2 functionality (VLAN based) and limited L3 functionality and consists of a Gigabit-Ethernet switch device and switch control SW. The SHub control SW is integrated on the System Control OBC. • The System Control subsystem implements the management plane of the system (both the NT board and the LT boards) and part of the control plane (subscriber management in particular). The System Control consists of SW running on a powerful general purpose processor. It shares this processor with the SHub control SW (on the same processor core). 100 Gbps NT Board and 320 Gbps NT Board
The 100 Gbps NT board and the 320 Gbps NT board consist of an IHub subsystem and a System Control subsystem.
• The IHub subsystem has enhanced L2 functionality (VPLS based) and L3 functionality (VPRN based) and consists of a 10-Gigabit-Ethernet switch/router device, and IHub control software (SW). • The System Control subsystem implements the management plane of the system (both the NT board and the LT boards) and part of the control plane (subscriber management in particular). The System Control consists of SW running on a powerful general purpose processor. It shares this processor with the IHub control SW (on a separate processor core). Line Termination (LT) Boards
Line Termination (LT) boards are built from an InterWorking Function (IWF), a Transport subsystem and an LT-Control subsystem.
• The transport subsystem terminates the physical layer of the subscriber interfaces. It varies with the type of access technology used (ADSL, VDSL, SHDSL, Ethernet,...). • The IWF processes the packets in the fast path. It is capable of handling frames at L2 (basically bridging) and L3 (basically IP forwarding), including sophisticated filtering and traffic management, all at the line rate of the transport medium. • The LT-Control subsystem takes care of the slow path control plane and internal Operations And Maintenance applications.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-7
1 — System Overview
GPON LT Boards
The GPON functionality of the ISAM extends the system boundaries via up to 128 Optical Network Terminations (ONTs) over a fiber plant that can reach 10s of kilometers out from the GPON LT boards located in an ISAM shelf. These GPON LT boards provide the physical interfaces from the ISAM shelf towards the Customer Premises Equipment, that is, the ONTs. Note — GPON functionality is only applicable for ISAMs equipped with a 100Gbps NT or a 320Gbps NT board.
Physical Decomposition The following figures show the general functional architecture of the ISAM, from the viewpoint of its forwarding capabilities:
• Figure 1-8 is applicable for ISAMs equipped with a 24Gbps NT board. • Figure 1-9 is applicable for ISAMs equipped with a 100Gbps or a 320Gbps NT board. Figure 1-8 High-level ISAM Architecture for 24Gbps POTS/ISDN line
LTIO (splitter) Network links | Subtending links | links
E M A N
SHub switch
EPS SHub control
NTIO
2
-
n
IWF
Transport
E
ADSL VDSL SHDSL Ethernet
LT control LT
System control
NT
1-8
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview Figure 1-9 High-level ISAM Architecture for 100Gbps or 320Gbps POTS/ISDN line
LTIO (splitter) Network links | Subtending links | links
E M A N
IHub router
2
-
n
IWF
EPS IHub control
NTIO
Transport
LT control
E
ADSL VDSL SHDSL Ethernet
GPON
ONT
LT
System control
NT
An ISAM shelf consists out of the following board types:
• NT board • LT boards • NTIO board NT Board
Provisions are made to equip two NT boards in the shelf. These NT boards can act as an active / stand-by pair for all functions. The following NT boards are ed in FD equipment:
• NANT-A (24 Gbps NT board): This NT board with integrated SHub subsystem provides two GE links (1 optical link and 1 combo link (optical or electrical)) on the front . Provisions are made to equip two NT boards in the shelf. This NT board can act as an active / stand-by pair for all functions. • NANT-D (100 Gbps NT board): This NT board with integrated IHub subsystem provides the following links on the front :
• Three GE SFP ports: These ports can work both in 1 GE mode and in 2.5 GE mode.
• One 10GE SFPplus port: This port can work both in 1 GE mode (with standard SFP optics) and in 10 GE mode (with SFPplus optics).
• NANT-E (320 Gbps NT board): This NT board with integrated IHub subsystem provides the following links on the front :
• One electrical RJ45 interface: This port s 10/100/1000Base-T
• Four 10GE SFPplus port:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-9
1 — System Overview
These ports can work both in 1 GE mode (with standard SFP optics), in 2.5GE mode and in 10 GE mode (with SFPplus optics). LT Boards
The LT boards consists of a IWF, the transport termination and the LT control. The LT boards, also known as Line Interface Modules (LIMs), use a different interworking function between the side and the Ethernet network side, depending on the board type. Table 1-1 shows the ed LT boards with their physical interface types, density (that is, number of lines per board) and Interworking function (IWF) capability. Table 1-1 ed LT Boards LT Board
Physical Interfaces(1)
Overlay
Density
NT Interface
IWF
NALT-B
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L2
(2)
NALT-C
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALT-D
ADSL/2/2+
ISDN
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALT-E
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
72
1 GE
L2+
NALT-J
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALT-K
ADSL/2/2+
ISDN
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALT-L
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L2
(2)
NALT-M
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
72
1 GE
L2+
NALS-A
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALS-B
ADSL/2/2+
ISDN
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
NALS-C
ADSL/2/2+
POTS
48
1 GE
L2
(2)
NBAT-A
ISDN BA
2B1Q
24
1 GE
-
NBAT-B AA
ISDN BA
2B1Q
24
1 GE
-
NBAT-B BA
ISDN BA
4B3T
24
1 GE
-
NELT-A
Ethernet
-
16
1 GE
L3
(4)
NELT-B
Ethernet
-
36
1 GE (with NANT-A)
L3
(4)
L3
(4)(5)
(3)
(3)
2.5 GE (with NANT-D) 10 GE (with NANT-E) NGLT-A
GPON
-
8
2.5 GE (with NANT-D) 10 GE (with NANT-E)
NPOT-A
POTS
-
48
1 GE
-
NPOT-B
POTS
-
72
1 GE
-
NSLT-A
SHDSL
-
24
1 GE
L3
(4)
NSLT-B
SHDSL
-
24
1 GE
L3
(4)
NVLT-C
VDSL2
POTS
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
ADSL/2+ (1 of 2)
1-10
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
LT Board NVLT-D
Physical Interfaces(1)
Overlay
Density
NT Interface
IWF
VDSL2
ISDN
48
1 GE
L3
(4)
POTS
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
ISDN
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
POTS
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
POTS
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
POTS
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
ISDN
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
POTS
48
2.5 GE
L3
(4)
-
-
1 GE
L3
(4)
ADSL/2+ NVLT-G
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLT-H
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLT-M
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLT-N
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLT-P
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLT-Q
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVLS-A
VDSL2 ADSL/2/2+
NVPS-A
-
(2 of 2) Notes (1) General: When a board s ADSL2, then READSL2 is also ed (2) L2: InterWorking Function (IWF) capability on Layer 2 only. For an overview of the IWF capabilities, refer to section 1.5 (3) L2+: IWF capability on Layer 2+. For an overview of the IWF capabilities, refer to section 1.5 (4) L3: IWF function capability on Layer 2 and Layer 3. For an overview of the IWF capabilities, refer to section 1.5 (5) Not all L3 features are ed in these ports, see Table 1-16
NTIO Board
The NTIO board plays the role of an applique to either the single NT board, or to both NT boards, depending on the NT redundancy configuration. It allows to decouple NT equipment protection from up-link protection in case of a redundant NT pair. In case the active NT fails, traffic on the NTIO external links will be switched automatically to and from the stand-by NT. Table 1-2 shows the ed NT I/O boards in FD equipment. Table 1-2 NT I/O Boards Board
Interfaces
Description / Remark
NCNC-B
Six additional external GE optical interfaces
• •
For FD equipment NT, NT I/O pair provides eight optical GE interfaces available for network / subtending / links
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-11
1 — System Overview
Board
Interfaces
Description / Remark
NCNC-D
Six additional external Ethernet interfaces:
• •
For FD equipment NT, NT I/O pair provides eight optical GE interfaces available for network / subtending / links
• •
For FD equipment NT, NT I/O pair provides two optical GE interfaces and two optical 10GE available for network / subtending / links
• •
For FD equipment NT, NT I/O pair provides three optical GE/2.5GE interfaces, three optical 10/100/GE/2.5GE interfaces and one optical 10GE available for network / subtending / links
• •
For FD equipment NT, NT I/O pair provides four optical GE interfaces available for network / subtending / links
• • • NCNC-F
two GE Optical and four GE/FE Optical (selectable) or four FE 10/100/1000 Electrical
Two additional external Ethernet interfaces:
•
two 10GE Optical
Five additional external Ethernet interfaces:
• • • NCNC-G
one 10GE Optical one GE/2.5GE three 10/100/GE/2.5GE
Two additional external Ethernet interfaces:
• •
two GPON ports with Fiber protection function (i.e. only 1 port can be active at the same time) one electrical GE 10/100/1000
(2 of 2)
Port mapping
The tables below list the port mapping for 7302 ISAM FD, that is, the mapping between the logical port numbers as used in the ISAM and the physical port numbers as visible on the equipment itself (frontplate numbering).
• Table 1-3 lists the different mapped items. • Table 1-4 lists the port mapping for the NANT-A board in a 7302 ISAM FD in extended LT slot subrack mode.
• Table 1-5 lists the port mapping for the NANT-A board in a 7302 ISAM FD in • • • • • •
1-12
dual NT + NTIO subrack mode. Table 1-6 lists the port mapping for the NANT-D board in a 7302 ISAM FD in extended LT slot subrack mode. Table 1-7 lists the port mapping for the NANT-D board in a 7302 ISAM FD in dual NT + NTIO subrack mode for NCNC-B and NCNC-D. Table 1-8 lists the port mapping for the NANT-D board in a 7302 ISAM FD in dual NT + NTIO subrack mode for NCNC-F. Table 1-9 lists the port mapping for the NANT-E board in a 7302 ISAM FD in extended LT slot subrack mode. Table 1-10 lists the port mapping for the NANT-E board in a 7302 ISAM FD in dual NT + NTIO subrack mode for NCNC-B and NCNC-D. Table 1-11 lists the port mapping for the NANT-E board in a 7302 ISAM FD in dual NT + NTIO subrack mode for NCNC-F.
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview Table 1-3 Mapped Items Item
Description
Physical Port Number
The physical switch device port number.
Logical Port Number
The port number as denoted in the SNMP management interface
LT port number (index based)
For internal LT ports, the index of the LT in the main subrack that corresponds to this port (for local LTs only)
Faceplate port number
For external ports, the manner in which this port is identified at the faceplate of the board.
Port state / configurability
For NTIO and Remote Aggregator ports, the manner in which this port can be configured:
• •
UP for uplinks/subtending/ links DOWN for internal LT links
and
• •
FIXED for fixed configuration (UP or DOWN) CONF for configurable configuration (UP or DOWN)
Table 1-4 NANT-A: Extended LT Slot Subrack Mode Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
4
1
1
6
2
2
8
3
3
10
4
4
12
5
5
14
6
6
16
7
7
18
8
8
17
9
9
15
10
10
13
11
11
11
12
12
9
13
13
7
14
14
5
15
15
3
16
16
23
17
17
2
18
18
Faceplate Port Number
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-13
1 — System Overview
Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
Faceplate Port Number
19
19
unused
20
20
21
21
22
22
1
23
1 (NT)
SFP
0
24
0 (NT)
SFP, Combo
(2 of 2)
Table 1-5 NANT-A: Dual NT + NTIO Subrack Mode
LT Slot Number(1)
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
NCNC-G (2 GPON)
Logical Port Number
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-A
4
1
1
6
2
2
8
3
3
10
4
4
12
5
5
14
6
6
16
7
7
18
8
8
17
9
9
15
10
10
13
11
11
11
12
12
9
13
13
7
14
14
5
15
15
3
16
16
19
17
as on NTIO
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED(2)
20
18
as on NTIO
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED(2)
21
19
as on NTIO
4 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
4 (NTIO)
subtenting
22
20
as on NTIO
5 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
2
21
as on NTIO
6 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
23
22
as on NTIO
7 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
(1 of 2)
1-14
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
1 (NT)
SFP
0
24
0 (NT)
SFP,
Port state/ Configurability
23
NCNC-G (2 GPON) Faceplate Port Number
1
Port state/ Configurability
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Logical Port Number
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-A
Combo (2 of 2) Notes (1) The LT slot number is index-based (2) For port 2 and port 3: only one port can be active at any one time
Table 1-6 NANT-D: Extended LT Slot Subrack Mode Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
Faceplate Port Number
6
10
1
18
11
2
15
12
3
17
13
4
34
14
5
36
15
6
46
16
7
44
17
8
45
18
9
47
19
10
35
20
11
33
21
12
16
22
13
19
23
14
7
24
15
5
25
16
28
26
17
32
27
18
2
2
1 (NT-A)
SFP
3
3
2 (NT-A)
SFP
14
4
3 (NT-A)
SFP
30
5
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-15
1 — System Overview
Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
Faceplate Port Number
6
1 (NT-B)
SFP
7
2 (NT-B)
SFP
8
3 (NT-B)
SFP
9
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
1
Virtual port (SW only)
(2 of 2)
Table 1-7 NANT-D: Dual NT + NTIO (NCNC-B, NCNC-D) Subrack Mode
Logical Port Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-D
6
10
1
18
11
2
15
12
3
17
13
4
34
14
5
36
15
6
46
16
7
44
17
8
45
18
9
47
19
10
35
20
11
33
21
12
16
22
13
19
23
14
7
24
15
5
25
16
26
28
as on NTIO
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
32
29
as on NTIO
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
43
30
as on NTIO
4 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
27
31
as on NTIO
5 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
29
32
as on NTIO
6 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
28
33
as on NTIO
7 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
2
2
1 (NT-A)
SFP
(1 of 2)
1-16
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
3
2 (NT-A)
SFP
14
4
3 (NT-A)
SFP
30
5
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
6
1 (NT-B)
SFP
7
2 (NT-B)
SFP
8
3 (NT-B)
SFP
9
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
Port state/ Configurability
Faceplate Port Number
3
1
Faceplate Port Number
Logical Port Port Number
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-D
Virtual port (SW only)
(2 of 2) Note (1)
The LT slot number is index-based
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-17
1 — System Overview Table 1-8 NANT-D: Dual NT + NTIO (NCNC-F) Subrack Mode
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
Port state/ Configurability
LT Slot Number(1)
NCNC-F (1 XFP and 4 SFP)
Logical Port Number
NCNC-F (2 XFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-D
6
10
1
18
11
2
15
12
3
17
13
4
34
14
5
36
15
6
46
16
7
44
17
8
45
18
9
47
19
10
35
20
11
33
21
12
16
22
13
19
23
14
7
24
15
5
25
16
32
31
as on NTIO
4 (NTIO)
Not ed
4 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
43
30
as on NTIO
3 (NTIO)
Not ed
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
27
29
as on NTIO
2 (NTIO)
Not ed
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
29
32
as on NTIO
X1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
X1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
28
33
as on NTIO
X2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
X2 (NTIO)
Not ed
28
28
as on NTIO
1 (NTIO)
Not ed
1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
2
2
1 (NT-A)
SFP
3
3
2 (NT-A)
SFP
14
4
3 (NT-A)
SFP
30
5
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
6
1 (NT-B)
SFP
7
2 (NT-B)
SFP
(1 of 2)
1-18
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
8
3 (NT-B)
SFP
9
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
1
Port state/ Configurability
NCNC-F (1 XFP and 4 SFP) Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
Faceplate Port Number
NCNC-F (2 XFP)
Faceplate Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
Logical Port Number
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-D
Virtual port (SW only)
(2 of 2) Note (1)
The LT slot number is index-based
Table 1-9 NANT-E: Extended LT Slot Subrack Mode Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
Faceplate Port Number
28
13
1
24
14
2
21
15
3
23
16
4
19
17
5
20
18
6
16
19
7
14
20
8
13
21
9
17
22
10
15
23
11
18
24
12
22
25
13
25
26
14
26
27
15
27
28
16
29
29
17
1
30
18
7
3
1 (NT-A)
RJ45
10
4
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
9
5
X2 (NT-A)
SFP+
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-19
1 — System Overview
Physical Port Number
Logical Port Number
LT Slot Number (index based)
Faceplate Port Number
11
6
X3 (NT-A)
SFP+
12
7
X4 (NT-A)
SFP+
8
1 (NT-B)
RJ45
9
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
10
X2 (NT-B)
SFP+
11
X3 (NT-B)
SFP+
12
X4 (NT-B)
SFP+
(2 of 2)
Table 1-10 NANT-E: Dual NT + NTIO (NCNC-B, NCNC-D) Subrack Mode
Logical Port Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-E
28
13
1
24
14
2
21
15
3
23
16
4
19
17
5
20
18
6
16
19
7
14
20
8
13
21
9
17
22
10
15
23
11
18
24
12
22
25
13
25
26
14
26
27
15
27
28
16
34
31
as on NTIO
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
30
32
as on NTIO
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
31
33
as on NTIO
4 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
32
34
as on NTIO
5 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
33
35
as on NTIO
6 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
(1 of 2)
1-20
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
29
36
as on NTIO
7 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
7
3
1 (NT-A)
RJ45
10
4
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
9
5
X2 (NT-A)
SFP+
11
6
X3 (NT-A)
SFP+
12
7
X4 (NT-A)
SFP+
8
1 (NT-B)
RJ45
9
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
10
X2 (NT-B)
SFP+
11
X3 (NT-B)
SFP+
12
X4 (NT-B)
SFP+
LT Slot Number(1)
Logical Port Port Number
NCNC-B/D (6 SFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-E
(2 of 2) Note (1)
The LT slot number is index-based
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-21
1 — System Overview Table 1-11 NANT-E: Dual NT + NTIO (NCNC-F) Subrack Mode
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
Port state/ Configurability
LT Slot Number(1)
NCNC-F (1 XFP and 4 SFP)
Logical Port Number
NCNC-F (2 XFP)
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-E
28
13
1
24
14
2
21
15
3
23
16
4
19
17
5
20
18
6
16
19
7
14
20
8
13
21
9
17
22
10
15
23
11
18
24
12
22
25
13
25
26
14
26
27
15
27
28
16
34
31
as on NTIO
1 (NTIO)
Not ed
1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
30
32
as on NTIO
2 (NTIO)
Not ed
2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
31
33
as on NTIO
3 (NTIO)
Not ed
3 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
32
34
as on NTIO
4 (NTIO)
Not ed
4 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
33
35
as on NTIO
X1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
X1 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
29
36
as on NTIO
X2 (NTIO)
UP, FIXED
X2 (NTIO)
Not ed
2
2
1 (NT-A)
RJ45
3
3
X1 (NT-A)
SFP+
14
4
X2 (NT-A)
SFP+
14
4
X3 (NT-A)
SFP+
30
5
X4 (NT-A)
SFP+
6
1 (NT-B)
RJ45
(1 of 2)
1-22
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
7
X1 (NT-B)
SFP+
7
X2 (NT-B)
SFP+
8
X3 (NT-B)
SFP+
9
X4 (NT-B)
SFP+
Port state/ Configurability
NCNC-F (1 XFP and 4 SFP) Faceplate Port Number
Port state/ Configurability
Faceplate Port Number
NCNC-F (2 XFP)
Faceplate Port Number
LT Slot Number(1)
Logical Port Number
Physical Port Number
7302 ISAM FD with NANT-E
(2 of 2) Note (1)
The LT slot number is index-based
SHub The L2 SHub provides a bridging function. It has 24 FE/GE ports. These 24 FE/GE ports are used as follows: A number of ports are used to make a connection at 1 Gbps to an LT local in the subrack (one link per LT board): 16 for non-redundant NT configurations and 18 for redundant NT configurations with NTIO board. The FE/GE ports not used for connecting LT boards (local or remote), are available as network interfaces, as interfaces to subtended IP-DSLAM systems, or for connecting directly to s. These links serve network links, subtending links, or links respectively. Use of these ports is possible either through:
• Link interfaces which are physically located on an NTIO board: these are connected via bi-directional point-to-point high-speed tracks on the back- to both NT boards. These can also be used as electrical FE, electrical GE or optical 1 / 10 GE interfaces, for uplink, subtending or links. The NTIO board contains an NT equipment protection switch per external link interface. So link protection and NT equipment protection can be performed independently from each other for links terminated on the NTIO board. • Link interfaces which are physically located on the NT board itself, as electrical FE, electrical GE, or optical GE interfaces, for uplinks, subtending links or links. In case of a redundant NT pair, and if no ive optical splitter is applied, these ports cannot independent link and equipment protection, that is, if the active NT fails, traffic on all of the links directly connected to the active NT has to be switched to corresponding links on the stand-by NT, becoming active. If a ive optical splitter is applied (which allows to connect a single optical fiber from / to peer equipment with a face plate port on both NT boards) then independent link protection and equipment protection is possible. The NT protection switch function is then performed on the NT boards itself, in the form Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-23
1 — System Overview
of logic which physically prevents the Inactive or Stand-by NT from actually transmitting on the ive optical splitter, such that corruption of the transmission by the active NT on the same link is not possible.
IHub The IHub provides L2 bridging (based on VPLS) and IP routing (based on VPRN). It has at least 28 ports with a various specialization: A number of ports are used to make a connection at 1 Gbps or at 2.5 Gbps or at 10 Gbps (320Gbps NT only) to an LT local in the shelf (one IHub link per LT): 16 or 18 in case of 7302 ISAM. The actual connection speed depends on the LT capabilities; see Table 1-1. The FE/GE ports, which are not used for connecting LT boards (local or remote), and the 10GE ports, are available as network interfaces, as interfaces to subtended IP-DSLAM systems, or for connecting directly to s. These links serve network links, subtending links, or links respectively. Use of these ports is possible either through:
• Link interfaces which are physically located on an NTIO board, connected via bi-directional point-to-point high-speed tracks on the back- to both NT boards. These interfaces can also be used as electrical FE, electrical GE or optical GE interfaces, for uplink, subtending or links. The NTIO board contains an NT equipment protection switch per external link interface. So link protection and NT equipment protection can be performed independently from each other for links terminated on the NTIO. • Link interfaces that are physically located on the NT board itself, as electrical FE interfaces, electrical GE interfaces, optical GE interfaces, optical 2.5 GE interfaces and optionally optical 10 GE interfaces, for uplink, subtending or links.
1-24
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
1.3
Network Management Figure 1-10 shows how the 7302 ISAM can be managed in a network. Figure 1-10 7302 ISAM Network Management Remote CT CLI (via Telnet) TL1 (via UDP-)
EMS
CT
ISAM
RS232
LIM IACM
EMAN
LIM xHub LIM Network Ports Management Flow to cascaded ISAM
The remote Craft Terminal (CT) uses TL1 commands or Command Line Interface (CLI) commands. TL1 is used for pre-provisioning of the NT board. CLI is used to manage both the xHub subsystem and the IACM. Figure 1-11 shows the management topology for the 7302 ISAM. Figure 1-11 7302 ISAM Management Topology EMS (e.g. AMS 5520)
SNMPv2 or SNMPv3
SNMP agent
TL1 Gateway
UDP
TL1 Terminal
SSH
Telnet
TL1 agent
TL1 CT
CLI Terminal
RS232
SSH
CLI agent
Telnet
CLI CT
Debug Terminal
RS232
UDP
Debug agent
ISAM
The NT Controller and the xHub subsystem each contain a separate SNMP agent. These can be managed via an Element Management Station (EMS), such as the Alcatel-Lucent 5520 AMS. It is also possible to use local TL1 or CLI craft terminal on the NT board to manage the LTs. Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-25
1 — System Overview
An integrated CLI approach is implemented on the NT board using an CLI agent. This agent implements CLI commands for the NT Controller / LIMs and the xHub subsystem. However, there is no semantic integration. Table 1-12 shows an overview of the involved managers. Table 1-12 Manager Overview Type
Description
EMS
Element Management System (EMS) based on SNMP. The Alcatel-Lucent WorkStation (5520 AMS) is commonly used.
CT
Craft Terminal using TL1 commands or Command Line Interface (CLI) commands.
Note 1 — External OAM VLAN:
The SHub subsystem s in-band management. This happens through a dedicated VLAN, which must be configured (if different than 4093) on both the SHub subsystem as on the NT. Note 2 — VLAN 4094 is reserved for internal communication and cannot be used in any Ethernet network in which the ISAM is deployed.
1.4
Equipment Management The NE equipment practice type does not have to be explicitly planned by the operator, but is auto-planned by the NT at startup, depending on the detected type. At the same time, the NT will autoplan the maximum number of racks ed by this equipment practice. The following ISAM type is defined:
• LNEU: Large New Equipment Practise EU market (6 racks, 4 subracks per rack) Subracks are automatically planned upon detection. The operator can control the istrative state of a subrack (lock/unlock). The NE manages different types of boards. A complete overview of all ed board types in each type of subrack is given in the chapter “Subracks”. Board planning is ed for all types of boards, including the appliques. For LSMs, the operator can control the istrative state (lock/unlock).
Central Office Equipment management Central Office equipment only s configurations consisting of a single rack/subrack.
ONT Management For more information on the ONT management, see the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN System Description for FD 100Gbps and 320Gbps NT document.
1-26
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
1.5
Board Capabilities and Dimensioning This section provides an overview of:
• • • • • • •
ed boards per NT type; see Table 1-13 dimensioning information for the NT boards; see Table 1-14 SyncE on NT boards and NTIO boards; see Table 1-15 the IWF capabilities of the LT boards per forwarding type; see Table 1-16 the xDSL capabilities of the LT boards per LT board; see Table 1-18 dimensioning information of the LT boards per forwarding type; see Table 1-19 dimensioning information for ISAM Voice
ed Boards per NT Type Table 1-13 gives an overview of the ed boards per NT type. Table 1-13 ed Boards per NT type Board
Variant
NANT-A
NANT-D
NANT-E
(1)
NALT-B
XX
Y
Y
-
NALT-C
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALT-D
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALT-E
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALT-J
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALT-K
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALT-L
XX
Y
-
-
NALT-M
AA
Y
Y
Y
NALS-A
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALS-B
XX
Y
Y
Y
NALS-C
XX
Y
-
Y
NVLT-C
XX
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-D
XX
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-G
XX
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-H
XX
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-M
AA
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-N
XX
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-P
AA
Y
Y
Y
NVLT-Q
AA
Y
Y
Y
NVLS-A
AA
Y
Y
Y
NPOT-A
XX
Y
Y
Y
NPOT-B
XX
Y
Y
Y
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-27
1 — System Overview
Board
Variant
NANT-A
NANT-D
NANT-E
(1)
NBAT-A
AA
Y
-
-
NBAT-B
XX
Y
-
-
NSLT-A
AA
Y
Y
Y
NSLT-B
AA
Y
Y
Y
NELT-A
AA
Y
Y
Y
NELT-B
AA
Y
Y
Y
NGLT-A
AA
-
Y
Y
NCNC-B
AA
Y
Y
Y
NCNC-D
AA
Y
Y
Y
NCNC-F
AA
-
Y
Y
NCNC-G
AA
Y
-
-
NVPS-A
XX
Y
-
-
(2 of 2) Notes (1) XX means for all board variants
NT Board Dimensioning Table 1-14 shows the dimensioning for the different NT board and their variants. Table 1-14 NT Board Dimensioning
Description
NANT-A
NANT-D
AA
AB
AA
AB
Throughput
24 Gbps
24 Gbps
100 Gbps
100 Gbps
320 Gbps
320 Gbps
Maximum number of MAC addresses (FDB)(1)
16 k
16 k
32 k
32 k
128 k
128 k
Maximum number of IP interfaces
256
256
512
512
512
512
ARP table size
4k
4k
16 k
16 k
16 k
16 k
Maximum number of IP routes:
4k
4k
16 k
16 k
16 k
16 k
1k
1k
16 k
16 k
16 k
16 k
Maximum number of L2 filters
128
128
256
256
5 2(2)
512(2)
Maximum number of L3 filters
128
128
512
512
5 2(2)
512(2)
Maximum number of VLAN
4k
4k
4k
4k
4k
4k
Maximum number of cross-connect
4k
4k
4k
4k
4k
4k
FIB RIB
AA
NANT-E AB
(1 of 2)
1-28
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
NANT-A
Description
AA
NANT-D AB
AA
NANT-E AB
AA
AB
L2 frame size (in bytes)
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
External interfaces
2 x 1 GE
2 x 1 GE
3 x 1/2.5 GE
3 x 1/2.5 GE
1 x El. GE
1 x El. GE
1 x 1/10 GE
1 x 1/10 GE
4 x 1/2.5/10 GE
4 x 1/2.5/10 GE
BITS in/out ports
-
1/0
-
1/1
-
1/1
SyncE input/output
-
-
-
1/3
-
4/4
(2 of 2) Note (1) (2)
A number of MAC addresses are always used by the system for internal purposes. The same resource is shared for L2 filters and L3 filters. So, the maximum cannot be obtained for both at the same time.
SyncE Table 1-15 indicates the port applicability of the Synchronous Ethernet NTR functionality for clock extraction (in) and generation (out). Table 1-15 Faceplate port applicability for Synchronous Ethernet Board
NANT-D
NANT-E
NCNC-B
Port
SyncE In
SyncE Out
NANT-D
NANT-E
NANT-D
NANT-E
1
No
NA
1GE, 2.5GE
NA
2
No
NA
1GE, 2.5GE
NA
3
No
NA
1GE, 2.5GE
NA
X1
1GE, 10GE
NA
No
NA
X1
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
X2
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
X3
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
X4
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
NA
1GE, 2.5GE, 10GE
2
No
1GE
1GE
1GE
3
No
1GE
1GE
1GE
4
1GE
1GE
1GE
1GE
5
1GE
1GE
1GE
1GE
6
No
1GE
1GE
1GE
7
No
1GE
1GE
1GE
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-29
1 — System Overview
Board
NCNC-F
NELT-B
Port
SyncE In
SyncE Out
NANT-D
NANT-E
NANT-D
NANT-E
X1
10GE
10GE
10GE
10GE
X2
10GE
10GE
10GE
10GE
1
No
1GE
1GE, 2.5GE
1GE, 2.5GE
2
1GE
1GE
1GE, 2.5GE
1GE, 2.5GE
3
1GE
1GE
1GE, 2.5GE
1GE, 2.5GE
4
No
1GE
1GE, 2.5GE
1GE, 2.5GE
No
No
On FE/GE SFP
On FE/GE SFP
(2 of 2) Notes (1) This table is only applicable for the NANT-D and NANT-E board variants that SyncE; see Table 1-14 (2) SyncE is only ed on optical interfaces (using optical SFPs) and not on electrical interfaces (electrical SFPs)
1-30
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
IWF Capabilities Table 1-16 provides an overview of the IWF capabilities of the LT boards. Refer to Table 1-1 for an overview of the ed LT boards. Table 1-16 IWF Capabilities Feature
L2
L2+
L3
L3 GPON
NELT-B UNI
NNI
ATM AAL5 encapsulation type LLC/SNAP bridged (IPoE and PPPoE)
Y
Y
Y
-
-
-
LLC/SNAP routed (IPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
LLC/NLPid (PPPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
VC Mux Bridged (IPoE and PPPoE)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
VC Mux Routed (IPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
VC Mux PPPoA (PPPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
Autodetect IP (between LLC/SNAP bridged and routed)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
Autodetect PPP (between LLC/SNAP bridged, VC Mux Bridged and LLC-NLPID, VC Mux PPPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
Autodetect IP+PPP
-
-
Y
-
-
-
Autodetect PPPoA (between LLC-NLPID and VC Mux PPPoA)
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
Reception of untagged packets
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Reception of combination of untagged and priority tagged packets
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Reception of single tagged packets
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Reception of combination of untagged, priority tagged, single tagged packets
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Port Based Default VLAN for untagged / priority tagged (if applicable) packets
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Port and Protocol Based default VLAN for untagged / priority tagged packets of the IPoE Protocols
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Port and Protocol Based default VLAN for untagged / priority tagged packets of the PPPoE Protocols
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Priority Bit Remarking and Mapping table for tagged / priority tagged packets
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
RB mode: Protocol Filter (set of Ethertypes) for upstream traffic in VLANs in (PPPoE and IpoE)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
RB mode Ethernet packet types: Ethernet II Encap on Ethernet
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
RB mode Ethernet packet types: LLC/SNAP on Ethernet
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
CC Mode: transparently all encapsulations (e.g. PPPoE and IpoE)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
CC Mode: Protocol Filter
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Encapsulation autodetect
Bridged Encapsulation Ethernet Packet formats
Packet processing
L2 Forwarding
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-31
1 — System Overview
Feature
L2
L2+
L3
L3 GPON
NELT-B UNI
NNI
CC Mode: IPoA to IPoE CC
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
VLAN stacking (S-VLAN CC and S-VLAN / C-VLAN CC)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
QoS-aware CC
Y
Y
Y
-
-
-
ARP: enabling/disabling broadcast
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
802.1X authentication
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
DH option 82 insertion
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
PPPoE relay tag
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
PPPoA-PPPoE relay
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
Multicast services
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
IPoE
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
IPoA
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
VLAN termination (at network side), forwarding at Layer 3
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
802.1X authentication
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
ARP proxy side for IPoE
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
DH relay
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y(1
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
L2 Forwarding access protocols
L3 Forwarding
L3 Forwarding access protocols
QoS CAC profile Association of QOS profiles to ports
)
Association of QOS profiles to port-VLAN associations (2 of 2) Note (1)
policing on bridge port on L2
MTU Size ISAM s an Ethernet frame size of 1526 bytes. For ATM-based DSL interfaces with “LLC-SNAP bridged without FCS” or “VC-MUX bridged without FCS” encapsulation this number does not include the FCS (since there is not any on the DSL line). For ATM-based DSL interfaces with “LLC-SNAP bridged with FCS” this number includes the FCS. Table 1-17 indicates the boards for which this standard frame size has increased.
1-32
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview Table 1-17 MTU Size for different LT boards LT Board
Encapsulation
Frame Size (bytes)
ADSLx L3 LTs
PTM
1530
LLC-SNAP bridged without FCS
1600 (NALT-C/D/J/K, NALS-A/B)
LLC-SNAP bridged with FCS
1600 (NALT-C/D/J/K, NALS-A/B)
VC-MUX bridged without FCS
1600 (NALT-C/D/J/K, NALS-A/B)
L2+ LTs
AAL5/ATM
1530
NVLT-C/D
PTM
1600
AAL5/ATM
1600 (VC-MUX bridged without FCS)
PTM
1600
AAL5/ATM
1990
PTM
1594
AAL5/ATM
2044
HiCap VDSL2 L3 LTs
SHDSL LTs
(NSLT-A only with “VC-MUX bridged without FCS”) P2P Eth
OLT
NELT-A (with FCS)
2048
NELT-B UNI (with FCS)
1976
NELT-B NNI (with FCS)
2048
NGLT-A (with FCS)
2000
ONT
2000
xDSL Capabilities of the LT Boards Table 1-18 provides an overview of the xDSL capabilities of the LT boards. Refer to Table 1-1 for an overview of the ed LT boards. Table 1-18 xDSL Capabilities
Low power mode
Seamless Rate Adaptation
Standard ARQ
Downstream power back-off (E-side)
Impulse noise sensor (in VDSL2)
Virtual noise
Artificial noise
Transfer mode
Bonding
Board
NALT-B
Y
Y
-
NA
NA
NA
-
ATM
ATM
NALT-C
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
-
ATM
ATM
NALT-D
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
-
ATM
-
NALT-E
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
-
NALT-J
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-33
1 — System Overview
Low power mode
Seamless Rate Adaptation
Standard ARQ
Downstream power back-off (E-side)
Impulse noise sensor (in VDSL2)
Virtual noise
Artificial noise
Transfer mode
Bonding
Board
NALT-K
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NALT-L
Y
Y
-
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NALT-M
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NALS-A
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NALS-B
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NALS-C
Y
Y
Y
NA
NA
NA
Y
ATM
ATM
NSLT-A
-
-
-
NA
NA
NA
-
ATM/PTM
ATM
NSLT-B
-
-
-
NA
NA
NA
-
ATM/PTM
ATM
NVLS-A
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
-
NVLT-C
-
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
VDSL: PTM NVLT-D
-
-
-
Y
Y
Y
-
ADSL: ATM
-
VDSL: PTM NVLT-G NVLT-H NVLT-M NVLT-N NVLT-P NVLT-Q
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y Y Y
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
ADSL: ATM
ADSL: ATM
VDSL: PTM
VDSL: PTM
(2 of 2)
Dimensioning of the LT Boards Table 1-19 provides dimensioning information of the LT boards. Refer to Table 1-1 for an overview of the ed LT boards.
1-34
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview Table 1-19 Dimensioning Information Feature
L2
L2+
L3
L3 GPON
NELT-B UNI
NNI
General Maximum number of DSL lines per board - Multi ADSL
48
72
48
-
-
-
- VDSL
-
-
48
-
-
-
- SHDSL
-
-
24
-
-
-
Maximum number of PVC per DSL Line
8
8(1)
8
-
-
-
Maximum number of PONs
-
-
-
8
-
-
Maximum number of UNIs
-
-
-
4096
36
-
Maximum number of FE ports per board
-
-
-
-
36
36 36(2)
Maximum number of GE ports per board
-
-
-
-
36(2)
Maximum number of UNI port type (FE) per board
-
-
-
-
36
-
Maximum number of UNI port type (GE) per board
-
-
-
-
36(2)
Maximum number of NNI port type (FE) per board
-
-
-
-
-
36
Maximum number of NNI port type (GE) per board
-
-
-
-
-
27(2)
Maximum number of CC VLAN
192
768
768
11520
4608
4608
Maximum number of RB VLAN
128
128
768
1296
1296
1296
1
16
16
8
-
-
Maximum number of port-VLAN associations per board
384 (~ Profile)
576
384
11520
-
-
Maximum number of VLAN port per UNI (FE/GE)
-
-
-
-
8
-
Maximum number of VLAN port per NNI (FE/GE)
-
-
-
-
-
256
Maximum number of VLAN port per board (UNI)
-
-
-
-
144
-
Maximum number of VLAN port per board (NNI)
-
-
-
-
-
4608
~ Profile
63
64
64
-
-
Maximum number of MAC addresses per UNI
-
-
-
-
64
-
Maximum number of MAC addresses per NNI
-
-
-
-
-
3072
2304
32768
Maximum number of VLAN per PVC / Maximum number of VLAN per DSL line
Maximum number of MAC addresses per VLAN port
Maximum number of MAC addresses per board (including static)
16
k(3)
~ Profile
830
1024
Maximum number of IP addresses per board (including static)
-
576(4)
384
8k
-
-
Average number of IPv4 subnets or addresses per board (=Average IP anti-spoofing entries, full/32 IP address or subnet, per board
-
-
-
-
288
0
Maximum number of IPv4 hosts per board
-
-
-
-
288
0
Maximum number of IPv6 subnets or addresses per UNI
-
-
-
-
16
0
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-35
1 — System Overview
Feature
L2
L2+
L3
L3 GPON
NELT-B UNI
NNI
Maximum number of IPv6 subnets or addresses per VLAN port
-
-
-
-
4
0
Maximum number of IPv6 host addresses per board
-
-
-
-
288
0
Maximum number of VRFs per board
-
-
128
NA
-
-
172
512
1024
1024
1024
1024
4
100
100
100
100
1024
128
128
128
128
-
-
Maximum number of 802.1x sessions per PON
-
-
-
288
-
-
Maximum number of 802.1x sessions per UNI
-
-
-
-
1
0
Maximum number of 802.1x sessions per board
-
-
-
2304
36
0
Multicast Dimensioning Maximum number of simultaneous multicast channels per board Maximum number of multicast groups per Maximum number of multicast VLANs 802.1x
(2 of 2) Notes (1) Seven for data plane, one for E management (2) Refer to the 7302 ISAM FD Hardware Installation Manual for restrictions (3) A few MAC addresses are used by the system for internal purposes. (4) For IP anti-spoofing, not for forwarding
ISAM Voice Dimensioning The tables below show the dimensioning capacities for ISAM Voice. Table 1-20 ISAM Voice Dimensioning
Dimensioning for...
See Table...
NVPS
Applicable for H.248
SIP
1-21
Y
N
NPOT
1-22
Y
Y
NBAT
1-23
Y
N
Table 1-21 NVPS Dimensioning Description
Value
Number of ed POTS subscribers
5k(1)
Number of ed ISDN subscribers
2496
Maximum number of connected ISAM Voice nodes
32(2)
Maximum number of associated NPOTs
104
(1 of 2)
1-36
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
Description
Value
Maximum number of associated NBATs
104
Number of controlling NVPS per ISAM Voice shelf
up to 8 pairs
Number of IP addresses per NVPS
1 or 2(3)
(2 of 2) Notes (1) The figure of 5k corresponds to one of the following: — 104 POTS voice LT boards, each of these boards connecting 48 subscribers (NPOT-A) — 70 POTS voice LT boards each of these boards connecting 72 subscribers (NPOT-B) (2) The 32 ISAM Voice nodes may be connected, but the total number of LT boards spread over these 32 ISAM Voice nodes must not exceed 104. (3) Depends on the IP address/VLAN deployment model, see “IP Address Usage Optimization” in the System Description document.
Note — The configuration of more than 5 NVPS pairs in one shelf is not recommended due to following reasons
• ISAM voice does not different OSWP versions running simultaneously in the different NPVS pairs installed on the same shelf (migration cluster) • The migration of OSWP will have to be performed for the whole migration cluster so impacting time needed to execute this migration which might exceed one migration window • The migration time of this migration cluster depends on many factors (such as network topology, AWS/MGC performance, network condition, customer specific maintenance requirement and so on). The migration strategy should be planned and executed in a controlled way. Table 1-22 NPOT Dimensioning Description
NPOT-A(2)
NPOT-B(2)
Number of POTS lines
48
72
Maximum number of simultaneous voice calls per NPOT
48 for G.711 (40 for G.711 if “IP-side inband fax/modem tone detection” is enabled)
72 for G.711 36 for LBRC
24 for G.729 and G.723.1 Number of T.38 connections
24
36
Number of IP addresses per NPOT
1(1)
1(1)
Number of simultaneous ringers
8
12
Number of enhanced feeding lines
Up to 5 lines can be configured to work with enhanced feeding (40 mA).
Up to 8 lines per NPOT can be configured to work with enhanced feeding (40 mA).
Notes (1) Shared by all ISAM Voice line boards in an ISAM node; the IP address is owned by the SHub/IHub (2) NPOT-A and NPOT-B cannot be used in the same shelf.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-37
1 — System Overview Table 1-23 NBAT Dimensioning Description
Value
Number of ISDN lines
24
Maximum number of simultaneous D-channels per NBAT
24
Maximum number of simultaneous B-channels per NBAT
48
Number of IP addresses per NBAT
1(1)
Note (1)
Shared by all ISAM Voice line boards in an ISAM node; the IP address is owned by the SHub/IHub.
P-OLT Service and System Capacity Service and system capacity
Table 1-24 provides specific dimensioning information of the GPON LT boards. Table 1-24 GPON-specific Dimensioning Information Feature
L3 GPON
Maximum number of ONT per PON
128
Maximum number of UNIs per PON
512
Maximum number of TCONTs per PON
1024
Maximum number of GEM ports per PON
2048
P-OLT performance and distance
The P-OLT provides performance and distance capacity of 2.488 Gb/s downstream and 1.244 Gb/s upstream, within a 30 km span, for all NGLT boards. The optical link budget is defined by both loss and bandwidth characteristics. The loss characteristic is determined by the difference between the optical transmitter and optical receiver for each direction, and is typically 28 dB. The bandwidth characteristic is determined by the maximum link distance parameter of each OLT and ONT transmitter specification, and is limited by the smaller of the upstream and downstream values. P-OLT connection capacities
The P-OLT can accommodate a maximum of 16 NGLT boards. Each NGLT board provides eight ports.
1-38
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
1.6
NT Redundancy Four levels of redundancy can be identified:
• • • •
Link redundancy Equipment redundancy Subscriber Line redundancy Application redundancy
NT redundancy will implement the Link Redundancy and Equipment Redundancy in a decoupled architecture. This results in the following redundancy cases:
• Only link protection: single NT, active-standby or load-sharing uplinks.
• Combined NT and link protection, no NTIO: dual active/standby NT, with direct uplink or link set.
• Decoupled NT and link protection, single NTIO: dual active/standby NT, NTIO board with link switches.
• NT protection, ive link protection, no NTIO: single, active-standby or load sharing uplinks.
• Subtending system protection. Table 1-25 shows which hardware modules are ready for NT redundancy . Table 1-25 NT Redundancy Ready Hardware Modules Type
Module
Subrack
FD LT/Combo
NT boards
NANT-A NANT-D NANT-E
NT I/O boards
NCNC-B NCNC-D NCNC-F NCNC-G
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-39
1 — System Overview
Type
Module
LT boards
NALT-B NALT-C NALT-D NALT-E NALT-J NALT-K NALT-L NALT-M NALS-A NALS-B NALS-C NELT-A NELT-B NGLT-A NSLT-A NSLT-B NVLS-A NVLT-C NVLT-D NVLT-G NVLT-H NVLT-M NVLT-P NVLT-Q NVLT-N
Voice boards
NBAT-A NPOT-A NPOT-B NBAT-B
Voice server board
NVPS-A
(2 of 2)
1-40
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
1.7
MTA and 1:N LT Redundancy This section describes which hardware modules are required to the various MTA functions and 1:N LT Redundancy. The 7302 ISAM system provides an integrated Metallic Test Access Unit (MTAU) function. Both limited test-access (no test and split access) and full test-access (no test, loopback, monitor and split access) are ed in the current release of the 7302 ISAM. The following modules are required to implement the MTA function:
• Test I/O applique (TAUS) in the splitter subrack: to provide the interface to the test head and manage the Relay Controllers on the LT appliques. The following Test I/O board types this functionality: NTAU-A, TAUS-A • In an FD subrack in combo configuration (LT + Splitter) MTA functionality can be offered by the NCNC-D NT I/O board. • In an FD subrack in combo configuration (LT + Splitter) MTA functionality can be offered by the NCNC-F NT I/O board. • LT appliques in the splitter subrack, that contain the relays to set up the proper data paths (see Table 1-26). Splitters ing only outward test-access are equipped with only 1 relay per line, while splitters ing both inward and outward test-access have 2 relays per line. Table 1-26 MTA and Redundancy Board
Variant
Limited Outward Test Access
Full Test Access
By
1:N Redundancy
PSPS-A
AA
X
-
-
X
AF
NA
X
-
-
PSPS-B
AA
X
-
-
X
PSPS-C
AF
NA
X
-
-
PSPS-F
AF
-
X
-
-
PSUS-A
AA
X
-
-
X
NCTA-A
AA
-
X
-
-
NPSP-A
AF
-
X
-
-
NPSP-B
AF
-
X
-
-
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-41
1 — System Overview
1.8
CLEI Codes Table 1-27 lists the boards and fan units for which CLEI codes are available. Caution — The CLEI code changes whenever an item change (that is, an adaptation to a board) occurs.
The latest status of these CLEI codes is always available on the following website: https://codecenter.commonlanguage.com/app.asp?app=clei_inq uiry An is required before the CLEI database can be accessed. Table 1-27 CLEI codes Mnemonic
Variant
CLEI code
R
Bar code
AFAN-H
3EC 37533 NB
VAUCAE2KAA
070LXX
154967
3EC 37533 ND
VAUCAFLKAA
070NGA
159630
3FE 00139 AA
VAI2AA3DAB
070MLP
168218
3FE 00139 BA
VAI2ABJDAB
07NNS
171763
3FE 00140 AA
VAI2AA4DAB
070MMB
168227
3FE 00140 BA
VAI2ABKDAB
070NNZ
171764
3FE 00161 AA
VAI2ABGDAB
070NNG
169480
3FE 00161 AB
VAI2ABVDAB
070SDJ
169479
3FE 00162 AA
VAI2AA1DAB
070MDZ
169481
3FE 00162 AB
VAI2ABUDAB
070SDJ
169478
NALT-B
3FE 26682 BA
VAUIAJ1AAC
070DBM
163478
NFXS-A
3FE 26685 AA
VAMKG00BRA
211372
454839
NANT-A
3FE 26698 AA
VAUIAJ7AAF
070DNY
167246
3FE 26698 AB
VAUIAJ8AAE
070DPA
167243
3FE 27289 AA
VAUIANTAAA
070FGN
163910
3FE 27289 AB
VAUIANUAAA
070FGN
163912
3FE 27289 BA
VAUIANSAAA
070GPN
163890
3FE 27289 BB
VAUIANRAAA
070FWC
163886
3FE 27420 AA
VAUIALHATA
070KXY
153804
3FE 27420 AB
VAUIALSAAA
070KZY
153982
3FE 27420 AC
VAUIAMTAAA
070MGE
155682
3FE 27562 AA
VAUCAD6KAA
070HEK
150405
3FE 27562 AB
VAUCAETKAA
070HEK
153971
3FE 27562 AC
VAUCAE3KAB
070MEU
163479
NVLT-C
NVLT-D
NVLT-H
NVLT-G
NALT-C
NALT-D
NPOT-A
NVPS-A
(1 of 3)
1-42
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
1 — System Overview
Mnemonic
Variant
CLEI code
R
Bar code
NSLT-A
3FE 27649 AA
VAI2AGXDAA
070KXX
179373
NBAT-A
3FE 27715 AA
VAI2AAUDAA
070KKG
153201
NPSP-B
3FE 27725 AA
VAUCAEWKAA
070LFH
154286
3FE 27725 AF
VAUCAFVKAA
070PWT
163995
NCNC-B
3FE 28209 AA
VAUIAKVAAB
070HTE
154000
NPSU-A
3FE 28619 AA
VAUCAFBKAA
070MVP
156518
NELT-A
3FE 28682 AA
VAUIAN0AAA
070LCS
165028
NVSU-A
3FE 28824 AA
VAUCAELKAA
070KZP
153965
NVSU-B
3FE 28826 AA
VAUCAEMKAA
070KZS
153967
NALT-E
3FE 29512 AA
VAI2ABFDAA
070NLF
160033
3FE 29512 AB
VAUIANYAAA
070RCD
164353
NCNC-D
3FE 29534 AA
VAUIALNAAA
070LCV
154094
NFSS-A
3FE 29623 AA
VAMK410BRA
211256
457891
NVSP-B
3FE 29629 AA
VAUCAERKAA
070KZU
153969
NPSU-B
3FE 29751 AA
VAUCAFCKAA
070MVU
156522
NPIO-A
3FE 29927 AA
VAP1TW0KAB
070LKU
164806
NTAU-A
3FE 60120 AA
VAUIALPAAA
070LCU
154092
NCTA-A
3FE 60121 AA
VAUCAEUKAA
070KZX
153973
NPSP-E
3FE 60292 AA
VAUIAMVAAA
070MGJ
155695
NCNC-F
3FE 60301 BA
VAI2AFSDAA
070XYE
175998
NBAT-B
3FE 60609 AA
VAUIANXAAA
070RBT
164179
3FE 60609 BA
VAUIAMUAAA
070MGF
155683
3FE 60702 AA
VAUCAFFKAA
070NEM
159500
3FE 60702 AB
VAUCAFEKAA
070NEL
159495
NCTA-B
3FE 60853 AA
VAI2AA5DAA
070MYV
159105
NPOT-B
3FE 60858 AA
VAUIAR7AAA
070USW
171916
3FE 60858 AB
VAI2AGGNAA
072AHZ
178109
3FE 60858 BB
VAI2AGFNAA
072AHY
178108
NVSP-C
3FE 61154 AA
VAI2ABHDAA
070NMX
160284
NALS-A
3FE 61233 AA
VAI2ABTDAA
070SDT
166728
3FE 61233 BA
VAI2ABSDAA
070SDT
166727
3FE 61233 BB
VAUCAJJKAA
070XWC
174103
3FE 61438 AA
VAUIAR3AAA
070VHV
171389
3FE 61438 BA
VAULAR4AAA
070VHW
171390
3FE 61555 AA
VAI2AFCDAC
070UVR
177245
3FE 61555 AB
VAI2AFDDAB
070UVT
175956
NWCA-A
NALT-J
NANT-D
(2 of 3)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
1-43
1 — System Overview
Mnemonic
Variant
CLEI code
R
Bar code
NALS-B
3FE 61582 AA
VAUIAPUAAA
070TBR
168358
3FE 61582 BA
VAUIAPVAAA
070TBX
168364
NALT-K
3FE 61584 BA
VAULAR5AAA
070VHX
171391
NFSS-B
3FE 62384 AA
VAM8Z00ARA
212358
458391
NELT-B
3FE 62543 AA
VAUCAJ36AA
072AEY
177909
NVLT-M
3FE 63358 AA
VAUIASFAAA
070YAX
174506
NALT-M
3FE 63423 AA
VAI2AE5DAA
070XGS
173252
NSLT-B
3FE 63626 AA
VAI2AGWDAA
070YDC
179372
NALS-C
3FE 63766 AA
VAUIASKAAA
070YEE
174626
3FE 63766 BA
VAUIASJAAA
070YDN
174594
3FE 63767 AB
VAUIASMAAA
070YEJ
174632
3FE 63767 BB
VAUIASLAAA
070YEH
174631
NCNC-G
3FE 64130 AA
VAUIASHAAA
070YBC
174523
NVLS-A
3FE 64324 AA
VAI2AGNNAA
072AZY
178835
NVLT-P
3FE 64331 AA
VAI2AGPNAA
072AZZ
178836
NVLT-Q
3FE 64332 AA
VAI2AGRNAA
072BAB
178840
NVLT-N
3FE 64333 AA
VAI2AGSNAA
072BAC
178841
3FE 64333 AB
VAI2AHLNAA
072CHL
180744
NGLT-A
3FE 64279 AA
VAI2AFHDAA
070YVT
175498
NANT-E
3FE 64746 AA
VAI2AGJNAB
072APZ
179584
3FE 64746 AB
VAI2AGKNAB
072ARA
179585
NALT-L
(3 of 3)
1-44
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2—
Subracks
2.1 Introduction 2.2 General
2-2
2-2
2.3 7302 FD Subrack
2-3
2.4 FD MTA Splitter Subrack
2-16
2.5 FD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack 2.6 XD MTA Splitter Subrack
2-21
2-24
2.7 XD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack
2-27
2.8 Weight of the Different Components
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-30
2-1
2 — Subracks
2.1
Introduction This chapter describes the different ISAM subrack types ed for the European Telecommunication Standard Institute (ETSI) market. For each subrack, the following characteristics are described:
• • • •
2.2
Subrack dimensions Physical areas Slot positions ed plug-in units (per release).
General The modular organization of the ISAM system allows a wide range of physical size and traffic capacity options. The basic building blocks of the ISAM system are the subracks or shelves(*). (*): Both names are used for the same item. The ISAM R 4.x is a one-subrack system. Daisy-chaining multiple subracks via extender boards is not ed. Multiple collocated subracks can be cascaded via the standard Fast Ethernet (FE)/Gigabit Ethernet (GE) subtending links. In such a configuration, each subrack operates and is managed as a separate system.
Subrack Types Table 2-1 lists the ed subrack types in ETSI configurations. The subracks comply with the standards of ETSI 300 386. Table 2-1 ETSI Subracks ed in ISAM Configurations Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Subrack Dimensions HxWxD
Fits Rack with Width x depth
7302 FD
NFXS-A
600 x 500 x 280 mm
600 x 300 mm
NFXS-A MII
600 x 500 x 280 mm
600 x 300 mm
FD MTA splitter
NFSS-B
444 x 485.9 x 277.5 mm
600 x 300 mm
FD non-MTA splitter
NFSS-A
444 x 485.9 x 277.5 mm
600 x 300 mm
XD MTA splitter
ASPS-A
785 x 465 x 290 mm
600 x 300 mm
XD non-MTA splitter
ASPS-C
600 x 465 x 280 mm
600 x 300 mm
FD(1)
NFXS-B
355 x 445 x 240 mm
SB-REM(2)
SB-REM
110 x 463.9 x 241 mm
• • • •
7330
600 x 300 mm 19” rack 600 x 300 mm 19” rack
Notes (1) The 7330 FD subrack is mentioned here for completeness sake. For more information about this subrack, refer to the 7330 ISAM FTTN Product Information. (2) The SB-REM is mentioned here for completeness sake. For more information about the SB-REM, refer to the 7356 ISAM FTTB , Safety and Installation Manual.
2-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
2.3
7302 FD Subrack The 7302 Flexible Density (FD) subrack is optimized for an IP-DSLAM architecture. The 7302 FD subrack can contain: 1
LT boards as well as splitter boards (7302 FD Combo)
2
LT boards only (7302 FD LT)
3
combined LT/splitter boards
Mnemonic The mnemonic is NFXS-A.
Subrack Configurations The following subrack configurations are possible:
• 7302 FD Combo subrack: In Combo mode, the 7302 FD subrack can be equipped with both LT boards and splitter boards. LT boards can be inserted into any slot but are accompanied by a splitter board on the right.
• When NT redundancy is required, an NT I/O board is inserted in slot 17 and the •
second NT board (NTB) is inserted in slot 18. A total of 8 LT boards and 8 splitter boards can be equipped; see Figure 2-1. If NT redundancy is not required, slots 17 and 18 can be used for an LT board (LT9) and the corresponding splitter board (SP9). A total of 9 LT boards and 9 splitter boards can be equipped; see Figure 2-2.
• 7302 FD LT subrack: In LT mode, the 7302 FD subrack is equipped only with LT boards. The corresponding splitter boards are placed in a splitter subrack above the 7302 FD LT subrack in the rack.
• When NT redundancy is required, an NT I/O board is inserted in slot 17 and the •
second NT board (NTB) is inserted in slot 18. A total of 16 LT boards can be equipped; see Figure 2-3. If NT redundancy is not required, slots 17 and 18 can be used for an LT board. A total of 18 LT boards can be equipped; see Figure 2-4.
• 7302 FD subrack with combined LT/splitter boards: The 7302 FD subrack is equipped with combined LT/splitter boards; see Figure 2-5. Note — Slot 17 or slot 18 may not be equipped with an NVPS board
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-3
2 — Subracks Figure 2-1 7302 FD subrack in Combo mode and with NT redundancy
SP8
SP5
NTB
LT8
LT5
NT I/O
SP4 LT4
LT1
SP1
xDSL cables
NTA
POTS LINE
BPA NT A, NT B and NT I/O fiber conduct
CBs, LEDs and switches Fan unit Connectors
Figure 2-2 7302 FD subrack in Combo mode and without NT redundancy
SP8 LT8
SP5 LT5
SP9
NTA LT9
LT4
LT1
SP1
xDSL cables
SP4
POTS LINE
BPA NT A fiber conduct CBs, LEDs and switches Fan unit Connectors
2-4
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks Figure 2-3 7302 FD subrack in LT mode and with NT redundancy
SP16
SP9
LT16
LT1
LT8 NTA NTIO/LT17 NTB/LT18 LT9
xDSL
FD splitter without MTA
SP8
SP1
POTS LINE
BPA
NT A, NT B and NT I/O fiber conduct
CBs, LEDs and switches Fan unit Connectors
Figure 2-4 7302 FD subrack in LT mode and without NT redundancy
SP16
SP17 SP18 SP9
SP8
LT16
LT8 NTA LT17 LT18 LT9
LT1
xDSL
FD splitter without MTA
SP1
POTS LINE
BPA
NT A fiber conduct
CBs, LEDs and switches Fan unit Connectors
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-5
2 — Subracks Figure 2-5 7302 FD Subrack with Combined LT/Splitter Boards
Combo LT/SP 16
NTB Combo LT/SP 9
NTA
NT I/O
Combo LT/SP 8
Combo LT/SP 1
LINE POTS
BPA NT A, NT B and NT I/O fiber conduct
CBs, LEDs and switches Fan unit Connectors
Variants The following 7302 FD subrack variants are ed:
• NFXS-A (code 3FE 26685 AA); see Figure 2-6 • NFXS-A MII (code 3FE 28111 AA); see Figure 2-7 Figure 2-6 NFXS-A
2-6
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks Figure 2-7 NFXS-A MII
Dimensions Table 2-2 gives the overall dimensions of the subrack. Table 2-2 7302 FD Subrack Density and Dimensions Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Maximum Number of Lines
Height
Width
Depth
7302 FD
NFXS-A
Maximum number of lines(1):
600 mm
500 mm
285 mm
• • • •
384 (Combo configuration NT redundancy) 432 (Combo configuration no NT redundancy) 768 (LT configuration NT redundancy) 864 (LT configuration - no NT redundancy)
Note (1)
The number of lines mentioned here are applicable when using 48-line boards, when using 72-line boards the maximum number of lines can be respectively: 576, 648, 1152 and 1296. For Combo boards the density is equal to the LT configuration.
The 7302 FD subrack fits into conventional SI transmission racks (600 mm width and 300 mm depth).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-7
2 — Subracks
Location The 7302 FD subrack can be installed in a Central Office (CO) or a Controlled Environment Vault (CEV) and can be deployed in remote cabinets requiring extended temperature range operation.
Areas and Slot Positions Figure 2-8 shows the general layout and the slot numbering of the 7302 FD subrack.
LT 16
LT 15
LT 14
LT 13
LT 12
LT 11
LT 9
LT 10
NTB/LT 18
NTA
NTIO/LT 17
LT 8
LT 7
LT 6
LT 5
LT 4
LT 3
LT 2
LT 1
Figure 2-8 General Layout and Slot Numbering in the 7302 FD Subrack
Board area
CBs, lamps and switches Fan unit Connectors
Figure 2-9 shows the general layout and the slot numbering of the 7302 FD MII subrack.
LT 16
LT 15
LT 14
LT 13
LT 12
LT 11
LT 9
LT 10
NTB/LT 18
NTIO/LT 17
NTA
LT 8
LT 7
LT 6
LT 5
LT 4
LT 3
LT 2
LT 1
Figure 2-9 General Layout and Slot Numbering in the 7302 FD MII Subrack
Board area
Fan unit CBs, lamps and switches Connectors
2-8
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
The 7302 FD subrack has the following areas:
• The Board area houses the plug-in units (NT board(s), NT I/O board, LT boards, and (when the 7302 FD subrack is used in Combo mode) splitter boards) • The CBs, lamps and switches area houses the Circuit Breakers (CB), the alarm lamps for power and other interface connections. • The Fan area provides housing for a separate fan unit. • The Connector provides housing for filters, connectors, lamps and Circuit Breakers (CB) for power and other interface connections.
Board Types The 7302 FD subrack can accommodate the following units:
• NT I/O boards: If not used, this slot can be occupied with LT17. In the back, there is a provision to equip a maximum of 8 uplinks on the NT I/O. These 8 uplinks can be either 8 x 1 Gbps Ethernet or 2 x 10 Gbps Ethernet. On the NT I/O, these uplinks are multiplexed between the 2 NTs on NT active/standby state. • NT boards: If the redundant NT is not used, this slot can be occupied with LT18, with an additional EMC plate (5mm). • LT boards: 16 LT boards (with NT redundancy and with NTIO board) or 18 LT boards (with no NT redundancy and without NTIO board) can be accommodated in splitterless mode. In Combo mode, the LT boards must be equipped in the odd positions with their corresponding splitter in the even position. • Splitter boards:
• In Combo mode, the splitters for the xDSL LIMs can be mounted in the 7302 FD subrack on the right side of the LT board.
• In LT mode, the splitters must be mounted in a splitter subrack. One splitter must be foreseen per installed LT board.
• Combined LT/splitter boards: 16 combined LT/splitter boards (with NT redundancy and with NTIO board) or 18 combined LT/splitter boards (no NT redundancy and without NTIO board).
NT Redundancy
For NANT-A (24 Gbps NT board)
When a NT 1:1 (active/standby) redundant configuration is to be deployed, an NT I/O board needs to be inserted in the subrack. The NT I/O board performs NT board protection switching for uplinks from the 2 NT boards: only the uplinks from the active NT are connected to the external up-link interfaces. For NANT-D (100 Gbps NT board)
The protection scheme is 1+1 (active/active) in the data plane, and 1:1 (active/standby) in the control and management plane.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-9
2 — Subracks
NT I/O boards are ed and are useful in duplex systems, e.g. during EPS failures. For NANT-E (320 Gbps NT board)
The protection scheme is 1+1 (active/active) in the data plane, and 1:1 (active/standby) in the control and management plane. NT I/O boards are ed and are useful in duplex systems, e.g. during EPS failures.
1+1 NVPS Redundancy The NVPS board s 1+1 redundancy. In a redundant configuration, both boards must be installed in adjacent slots n and n+1 (n is an odd integer).
1:N LIM Redundancy The 1:N redundancy of the LIMs is not ed in the 7302 FD subrack itself since no TEST/SPARE bus is available. When this functionality is required, the necessary provisions need to be available in the connected splitter device.
Metallic Test Access Metallic Test access (MTA) is ed when a Test I/O applique is provided in the subrack to provide the interface to the test head and manage the Relay Controllers on the LT appliques. The following board types this functionality:
• NTAU-A • NCNC-D • NCNC-F Metallic Ended Line Testing (MELT) Metallic Line Testing (MELT) is a measurement technology, integrated on DSL linecards, that enables the physical characterization of a copper line. This type of integrated loop testing is performed narrow-band, and is an alternative for classic testhead-based Narrow-Band Line Testing (NBLT) solutions . The following board types this functionality:
• • • •
NALT-M NVLT-M NVLT-N NSLT-B
Overview of ed Units Table 2-3 lists the ed plug-in units in the 7302 FD subrack for R4.2.03. Refer to Figure 2-8 for the layout and the slot positions. For detailed information about units, refer to the UDS. Appendix A gives the used mnemonics. 2-10
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks Table 2-3 ed Units in 7302 FD Subrack - R4.2.03 Slot
NT A
Board Type
Corresponding Applique Type
Position
NANT-A AA
-
-
NANT-A AB NANT-D AA
-
NANT-A AA
-
100 Gbps NT board
-
NANT-E AB NT B
24 Gbps NT board
-
NANT-D AB NANT-E AA
Description
-
320 Gbps NT board
-
-
24 Gbps NT board
-
-
100 Gbps NT board
NANT-A AB NANT-D AA NANT-D AB NANT-E AA
-
NANT-E AB NT I/O
320 Gbps NT board
-
NCNC-B(1)
-
-
NT I/O board with 6 supplementary uplinks
NCNC-D(1)
-
-
NT I/O board with 4+2 supplementary uplinks
NCNC-F(1)
-
-
NT I/O board with 2 or 5 supplementary uplinks
NCNC-G(1)(8
-
-
NT I/O board with 2 GPON links
NTAU-A
-
-
Test I/O
NALT-B
NPSP-A
•
(2)
)
LT slot
-
NPSP-B AA NPSP-B AF NPSP-C
•
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over ISDN interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
72 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
NPSP-D NWCA-A AA NALT-C
NPSP-A
•
NPSP-B AA NPSP-B AF NPSP-C
•
NPSP-D NWCA-A AA NALT-D
NPSU-A
•
NPSU-B NWCA-A AA
NALT-E
NPSP-E
• • •
(1 of 4)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-11
2 — Subracks
Slot
Board Type NALT-J
Corresponding Applique Type
Position
NPSP-A
•
NPSP-B AA NPSP-B AF NPSP-C
•
Description
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over ISDN interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
NPSP-D NWCA-A AA NALT-L
NPSU-A
•
NPSU-B NWCA-A AA
NALT-K
NPSP-A
• •
NPSP-B AA NPSP-B AF NPSP-C
•
NPSP-D NWCA-A AA NALT-M
-
-
72 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces, with MELT functionality
NALS-A AA
-
-
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
NALS-A BB
NALS-B
Combined LT-splitter board -
-
48 ADSL/2/2+ over ISDN interfaces Combined LT-splitter board
NALS-C
-
-
48 ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces Combined LT-splitter board
NVLT-C
VSPB-A
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSP-B
•
NVSP-C NVSP-D NWCA-A AA VSPM-A VCTM-A
•
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2+ over POTS interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
(2 of 4)
2-12
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
Slot
Board Type
Corresponding Applique Type
Position
NVLT-D
VSUB-A CTAB-C
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSU-A
•
NVSU-B NWCA-A AA
VSUM-A VSUM-B
•
Description
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2+ over ISDN interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
VCTM-A NVLT-G
VSPB-A
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSP-B
•
NVSP-C NVSP-D NWCA-A AA VSPM-A VCTM-A NVLT-H
VSUB-A
•
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
CTAB-C
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSU-A
•
NVSU-B NWCA-A AA
VSUM-A VSUM-B
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces
•
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over ISDN interfaces
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
VCTM-A NVLT-M
-
-
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces, with MELT functionality
NVLT-N
-
-
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces, with MELT functionality
NVLT-P
VSPB-A
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSP-B
•
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over POTS interfaces, low power
NVSP-C NVSP-D NWCA-A AA VSPM-A VCTM-A
•
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
(3 of 4)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-13
2 — Subracks
Slot
Board Type
Corresponding Applique Type
Position
NVLT-Q
VSUB-A CTAB-C
In ASPS-C subrack; 2 boards per equipped LT board
NVSU-A
•
NVSU-B NWCA-A AA
VSUM-A VSUM-B
•
Description
48 VDSL/2 - ADSL/2/2+ over ISDN interfaces, low power
In FD Combo subrack: To the right of the corresponding LT In FD splitter: in the corresponding AP slot
In external MDF frame; 12 boards per equipped LT board
VCTM-A NELT-A
-
-
16-line Ethernet (FE) LT board
NELT-B
-
-
36-line Ethernet (FE/GE) LT board
NWCA-A AB
-
24 SHDSL interfaces
NSLT-A
NCTA-B(3)
Fan area
NSLT-B
NCTA-B(3)
-
24 SHDSL interfaces, with MELT functionality
NVPS-A(4)(8)
-
-
ISAM Voice Package Server
NPOT-A
NCTA-A(5)
-
48 POTS interfaces
NPOT-B
NCTA-A
-
72 POTS interfaces
NBAT-A
NCTA-A(5)
-
24 ISDN BA interfaces (2B1Q)
NBAT-B AA
NCTA-A(5)
-
24 ISDN BA interfaces (2B1Q)
NBAT-B BA
NCTA-A(5)
-
24 ISDN BA interfaces (4B3T)
NGLT-A(6)(7)
-
-
8 GPON interfaces
AFAN-H
-
-
Fan unit. Part of the subrack.
(4 of 4) Notes (1) The NCNC boards are shared between NT A and NT B. (2) The NCNC-F board can only be used in combination with the NANT-D board. (3) The NCTA-B must work together with two SHDSL LT boards (4) CAUTION: the NVPS-A cannot be inserted in the NTIO/LT17 slot position or in the NTB/LT18 slot position (5) The NCTA-A must work together with two POTS LT boards (6) The NGLT-A board can only be used in an ISAM equipped with FD 100Gbps NT or 320Gbps NT boards (7) The NGLT-A board are not ed in MII equipment (8) Can only be used with FD 24Gbps NT boards
Dummy Front s
2-14
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
For the NFXS-A Subrack
When MDF cabling is already foreseen for not-installed units, the MDF connectors must be fixed on dummy front s. Figure 2-10 shows the universal dummy front for the FD-LT subrack and the FD splitter subrack. Two variants exist:
• 3FE 61074 BA: FD universal dummy front without EMC gasket for 48-pair cable and 72-pair cable deployment • 3FE 61074 BB: FD universal dummy front with EMC gasket for 48-pair cable and 72-pair cable deployment Figure 2-10 Universal Dummy Front for 7302 FD Subrack and FD Splitter Subrack
Optical Cabling for NFXS-A Subrack
In addition to MDF cabling, optical cabling is likewise possible.
• When optical cabling is already foreseen for not-installed NGLT-x boards, the optical cables must be fixed on dummy front s (code 3FE 65005 AA). Figure 2-11 shows the NGLT front . Figure 2-11 Dummy NGLT Front
Slots for optical cables
Optical cables
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-15
2 — Subracks
For the NFXS-A MII Subrack
Refer to the 7302 ISAM FD MII Hardware Installation manual.
Powering Power cables are directly connected to the power filters in the connector area. These filters provide EMC shielding.
Fan Unit One fan unit provides forced air cooling in the subrack. The fan unit is a field replaceable unit in the subrack fan area, it plugs directly into the backplane. There are two variants, one with dust filter and one without dust filter. Every FD-LT subrack must be equipped with a fan unit with dustfilter (see section “Rack Configurations”).
2.4
FD MTA Splitter Subrack The FD MTA splitter subrack can be used together with the 7302 FD subrack (in LT mode). The main characteristics of the FD splitter subrack are:
• The subrack can house up to 18 splitter boards, one per equipped LT in the 7302 FD subrack.
• The subrack can be mounted in an ETSI rack frame. Mnemonic The mnemonic is NFSS-B.
Dimensions Figure 2-12 shows a front view.
2-16
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks Figure 2-12 View of FD MTA Splitter Subrack
Table 2-4 gives the overall dimensions of the subrack. Table 2-4 FD MTA Splitter Subrack Density and Dimensions Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Density/ DSL Lines
Height
Width
Depth
FD MTA
NFSS-B
Flexible Density/ 1296 DSL lines
444 mm
485.9mm
277.5 mm
splitter subrack
Subrack Configurations The FD MTA splitter subrack can be used in different configurations as shown in Figure 2-13:
• ive splitter boards: up to 18 ive splitter boards can be equipped.
• ive splitter boards with MTA: up to 16 ive splitter boards can be equipped. The NTAU board must be installed to provide the MTA functionality and the NPIO board must be installed to provide the power for the NTAU board.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-17
2 — Subracks Figure 2-13 FD MTA Splitter Subrack Configurations
SP16
SP1
SP8 Empty SP17 SP18 SP9
Configuration with ive FD splitter boards
SP16
SP1
SP8 NPIO TAUS/SP17 Empty SP9
Configuration with ive FD splitter boards with MTA
Note — Empty slots must be covered with dummy front s.
Areas and Slot Positions Figure 2-14 shows the slot positions and numbering of the FD MTA splitter subrack.
2-18
Slot 16
Slot 15
Slot 14
Slot 13
Slot 12
Slot 11
Slot 10
Slot 09
Slot 18
TAUS/Slot 17
NPIO
Slot 08
Slot 07
Slot 06
Slot 05
Slot 04
Slot 03
Slot 02
Slot 01
Figure 2-14 Slot Positions in FD MTA Splitter Subrack
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
The FD MTA splitter subrack has one area:
• The Splitter (SP) area can house 405 mm (H) x 225 mm (D) plug-in units. Board Types The FD MTA splitter subrack can accommodate up to 18 splitter boards, one per equipped LT in the 7302 FD subrack (Figure 2-14).
Redundancy No redundancy .
Metallic Test Access Metallic Test access (MTA) is ed when a Test I/O applique is provided in the subrack to provide the interface to the test head and manage the Relay Controllers on the LT appliques. The following board types this functionality:
• NTAU-A Overview ed Units Table 2-5 lists the ed plug-in units in the FD MTA splitter subrack for R4.2.03. Refer to Figure 2-14 for the slot positions. For detailed information about units, refer to the UDS. Appendix A gives the used mnemonics. Table 2-5 ed Units in FD MTA Splitter Subrack - R4.2.03 Slot
Board Type
Splitter slot
NCTA-A
(01-18)
Description 96-line cut-through applique for ISAM Voice Note: the NCTA-A must work together with two 48-line ADSL/2/2+ over POTS boards
NPSP-A
48 line ive POTS splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
NPSP-B NPSU-A
48 line ive POTS/ISDN (2B1Q) splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
NPSU-B NVSP-B
48 line ive ETSI option A POTS splitter for VDSL.
NVSP-C NVSU-A AA
48 line universal POTS/ISDN (2B1Q) splitter for VDSL
NVSU-B AA
48 line universal POTS/ISDN (4B3T) splitter for VDSL
TAUS/Slot 17
NTAU-A
Test Access Unit
NPIO
NPIO-A
Power Input Output board
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-19
2 — Subracks
Dummy Front s When MDF cabling is already foreseen for not-installed units, the MDF connectors must be fixed on dummy front s. The following dummy front s are available for FD MTA splitter subracks:
• 3FE 61074 BA: FD universal dummy front without EMC gasket for 48-pair cable and 72-pair cable deployment
Powering If required, the FD splitter subracks can be powered through the NPIO-A board.
2-20
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
2.5
FD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack The FD non-MTA splitter subrack can be used together with the 7302 FD subrack (in LT mode). The main characteristics of the FD non-MTA splitter subrack are:
• The subrack can house up to 18 splitter boards, one per equipped LT in the 7302 FD subrack.
• The subrack can be mounted in an ETSI rack frame. Mnemonic The mnemonic is NFSS-A.
Dimensions Figure 2-15 shows a front view. Figure 2-15 View of FD non-MTA Splitter Subrack
Table 2-6 gives the overall dimensions of the subrack. Table 2-6 FD non-MTA Splitter Subrack Density and Dimensions Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Density/ DSL Lines
Height
Width
Depth
FD non-MTA splitter subrack
NFSS-A
Flexible Density/ 1296 DSL lines
444 mm
485.9mm
277.5 mm
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-21
2 — Subracks
Subrack Configurations The FD non-MTA splitter subrack can be equipped with up to 18 ive splitter boards as shown Figure 2-16:
SP16
SP1
SP8 Empty SP17 SP18 SP9
Figure 2-16 FD non-MTA Splitter Subrack Configurations
Note — Empty slots must be covered with dummy front s.
Areas and Slot Positions Figure 2-17 shows the slot positions and numbering of the FD non-MTA splitter subrack.
Slot 16
Slot 15
Slot 14
Slot 13
Slot 12
Slot 11
Slot 10
Slot 09
Slot 18
Slot 17
Slot 08
Slot 07
Slot 06
Slot 05
Slot 04
Slot 03
Slot 02
Slot 01
Figure 2-17 Slot Positions in FD non-MTA Splitter Subrack
The FD non-MTA splitter subrack has one area:
• The Splitter (SP) area can house 405 mm (H) x 225 mm (D) plug-in units. Board Types The FD non-MTA splitter subrack can accommodate up to 18 splitter boards, one per equipped LT in the 7302 FD subrack (Figure 2-17).
2-22
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
Redundancy No redundancy .
Overview ed Units Table 2-7 lists the ed plug-in units in the FD non-MTA splitter subrack for R4.2.03. Refer to Figure 2-17 for the slot positions. For detailed information about units, refer to the UDS. Appendix A gives the used mnemonics. Table 2-7 ed Units in FD non-MTA Splitter Subrack - R4.2.03 Slot
Board Type
Description
Splitter slot
NPSU-A
48 line ive POTS/ISDN (2B1Q) splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
(01-18)
NPSU-B NVSP-B
48 line ive ETSI option A POTS splitter for VDSL.
NVSP-C NVSU-A AA
48 line universal POTS/ISDN (2B1Q) splitter for VDSL
NVSU-B AA
48 line universal POTS/ISDN (4B3T) splitter for VDSL
Dummy Front s When MDF cabling is already foreseen for not-installed units, the MDF connectors must be fixed on dummy front s. The following dummy front s are available for FD splitter subracks:
• 3FE 61074 BA: FD universal dummy front without EMC gasket for 48-pair cable and 72-pair cable deployment
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-23
2 — Subracks
2.6
XD MTA Splitter Subrack The XD splitter subrack with Metallic Test Access (MTA) (ASPS-A) can be used together with the 7302 FD subrack (in LT mode).
Mnemonic The mnemonic is ASPS-A.
Dimensions Figure 2-18 shows a front view. Figure 2-18 Inside View of XD MTA Splitter Subrack
Table 2-8 gives the overall dimensions of the subrack. Table 2-8 XD MTA Splitter Subrack Density and Dimensions Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Density/ DSL Lines
Height
Width
Depth
XD MTA splitter subrack
ASPS-A
Extreme Density/ 768 DSL lines
785 mm
465 mm
290 mm
The XD MTA splitter subrack fits into conventional transmission racks (600 mm width and 300 mm depth).
2-24
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
Location The XD MTA splitter subrack can be installed in a CO or a CEV and can be deployed in remote cabinets requiring extended temperature range operation.
Areas and Slot Positions Figure 2-19 shows the areas and slot positions.
ALM
Figure 2-19 Areas and Slot Positions in XD MTA Splitter Subrack
PWR
AP16 AP16
AP15 AP15
AP14 AP14
AP13 AP13
AP12 AP12
AP11 AP11
AP07 AP07
AP10
AP06 AP06
AP10
AP05 AP05
AP09
AP04 AP04
AP09
AP03 AP03
AP08
AP02 AP02
AP08
AP01 TAUS
AP01
Top connector area
AP09
AP10
AP11
AP12
AP13
AP14
AP15
AP16
AP10
AP11
AP12
AP13
AP14
AP15
AP16
AP06 AP06
AP09
AP05 AP05
AP08
AP04 AP04
AP08
AP03 AP03
AP07
AP02 AP02
AP07
AP01 AP01
Splitter area
Bottom connector area
The XD MTA splitter subrack has three areas:
• The Top Connector area provides connectors for Alarm interface and ADSL connection (ADSL 25 to ADSL 48) and space for routing ADSL cables. • The Splitter (SP) area is 520 mm high and can house 520 mm x 220 mm plug-in units (PSPS). • The Bottom Connector area provides filters and connectors for power and ADSL connection (ADSL 01 to ADSL 24) and space for routing ADSL cables.
Board Types The XD MTA splitter subrack can accommodate the following units (Figure 2-19):
• one TAUS test access unit • up to 16 splitter boards (PSPS or PSUS): one per equipped LT in the FD LT subrack.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-25
2 — Subracks
LT Redundancy and Metallic Test Access The XD MTA splitter subrack provides a Test/Spare bus on the back for the of 1:N LT redundancy and Metallic Test Access (MTA). A dedicated slot (TAUS) is foreseen for a Test-I/O Applique. A SPI bus connects this slot with the 16 splitter slots to allow control of the relays on the splitter boards.
Overview ed Units Table 2-9 lists the ed plug-in units in the XD MTA splitter subrack for R4.2.03. Refer to Figure 2-19 for the layout and the slot positions. For detailed information about units, refer to the UDS. Appendix A gives the used mnemonics. Table 2-9 ed Units in XD MTA splitter subrack - R4.2.03 Slot
Board Type
Description
Splitter slot
PSPS-A
ive POTS splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
(01-16)
PSPS-B PSPS-C PSPS-F
TAU
PSUS-A
ive POTS/ISDN splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
CTAS-C
Cut-through applique for SHDSL.
PSPC-R
ETSI Central Office splitter
TAUS-A
Test access unit.
Dummy Front s When MDF cabling is already foreseen for not-installed units, the MDF connectors must be fixed on dummy front s. The following dummy front s are available for XD MTA splitter subracks:
• front 3EC 37714 AB Powering Power cables are directly connected to backplane terminals in the bottom connector area.
2-26
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
2.7
XD Non-MTA Splitter Subrack The XD non-MTA splitter subrack can be used together with the 7302 FD subrack (in LT mode). The main characteristics of the XD non-MTA splitter subrack are:
• The subrack has no backplane (no MTA , no LT redundancy ). • The subrack can house up to 16 splitter boards, one per equipped LT in the FD-LT subrack. Each board is able to handle 48 or 24 lines. • The subrack can be mounted in the ETSI rack frame.
Mnemonic The mnemonic is ASPS-C.
Dimensions Figure 2-20 shows a front view. Figure 2-20 View of XD non-MTA Splitter Subrack
Table 2-10 gives the overall dimensions of the subrack. Table 2-10 XD non-MTA Splitter Subrack Density and Dimensions Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Density/ DSL Lines
Height
Width
XD non-MTA splitter subrack
ASPS-C
Extreme Density/ 768 DSL lines
600 mm
465 mm
Depth 280 mm
Areas and Slot Positions Figure 2-21 shows the slot positions and numbering of the XD non-MTA splitter subrack. Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-27
2 — Subracks
Slot 15
Slot 14
Slot 13
Slot 12
Slot 11
Slot 10
Slot 09
Slot 08
Slot 07
Slot 06
Slot 05
Slot 04
Slot 03
Slot 02
Slot 01
Slot 00
Figure 2-21 Slot Positions in XD non-MTA Splitter Subrack
The XD non-MTA splitter subrack has one area:
• The Splitter (SP) area is 600 mm high and can house 540 mm x 175 mm plug-in units.
Board Types The XD non-MTA splitter subrack can accommodate the following units (Figure 2-21):
• up to 16 splitter boards (PSPB or PSUB): one per equipped LT in the FD-LT subrack. These splitter cards have the following characteristics:
• Six CHAMP connectors at the front stiffener (POTS & LINE & ADSL). • The splitter cards are completely ive circuits. They do not contain a Remote Inventory (RI) PROM nor test relays for line testing purposes.
Redundancy and Metallic Test Access No redundancy or MTA .
Overview ed Units Table 2-11 lists the ed plug-in units in the ASPS-C subrack for R4.2.03. Refer to Figure 2-21 for the slot positions. For detailed information about units, refer to the UDS. Appendix A gives the used mnemonics.
2-28
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks Table 2-11 ed Units in XD non-MTA Splitter Subrack - R4.2.03 Slot
Board Type
Description
Splitter slot
PSPB-A
48 line ive POTS splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
(01-16)
PSPB-B PSUB-A
48 line ive POTS/ISDN (2B1Q) splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
PSUB-B
48 line ive POTS/ISDN 4B3T) splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.
CTAB-C
Cut-through applique for SHDSL
VSPB-A
24 line ive POTS splitter. VDSL interfaces
VSUB-A
24 line ive ISDN splitter. VDSL interfaces
Dummy Front s When MDF cabling is already foreseen for not-installed units, the MDF connectors must be fixed on dummy front s. The following dummy front s are available for XD non-MTA splitter subracks:
• front 3FE 24800 AA Powering The ASPS-C subrack does not require powering.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-29
2 — Subracks
2.8
Weight of the Different Components
Rack Equipment Table 2-12 lists the weight of the different subracks. TRUs and fan unit. Table 2-12 Overview of Rack Equipment XD Rack Equipment
Mnemonic
Weight (kg)
7302 FD LT/Combo subrack
NFXS-A
15.6
FD MTA splitter subrack
NFSS-A
9.6
FD non-MTA splitter subrack
NFSS-B
9.6
XD MTA splitter subrack (XD-SP)
ASPS-A
16.1
XD non-MTA splitter subrack (XD-PSP)
ASPS-C
16.1
Plug-in Units for FD Subracks Table 2-13 lists the size, weight and pitch of the different ed plug-in units for FD subracks. Table 2-13 Overview of Plug-in Units for FD Subracks Plug-in unit
Applied in Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Size (mm)
Weight (kg)
Pitch (mm)
FD-LT
NALT-B
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-C
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-D
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-E
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-J
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-K
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-L
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALT-M
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NALS-A
405 x 225/205
1.8
25
X
NALS-B
405 x 225/205
1.6
25
X
NANT-A
405 x 225/205
1.5
30
X
NANT-D
405 x 225/205
1.5
30
X
NANT-E
405 x 225/205
1.5
30
X
NBAT-A
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
FD MTA Splitter
FD non-MTA Splitter
(1 of 3)
2-30
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
2 — Subracks
Plug-in unit
Applied in Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Size (mm)
Weight (kg)
Pitch (mm)
FD-LT
FD MTA Splitter
FD non-MTA Splitter
NBAT-B
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
NCNC-B
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
NCNC-D
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
NCNC-F
405 x 225/205
0.8
25
X
NCNC-G
405 x 225/205
0.8
25
X
NCTA-A
405 x 205
TBA
25
X
X
NCTA-B
405 x 205
TBA
25
X
X
NELT-A
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NELT-B
405 x 225/205
0.9
25
X
NGLT-A
405 x 225/205
0.9
25
X
NPIO-A
405 x 205
TBA
30
NPOT-A
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NPOT-B
405 x 225/205
1.1
25
X
NPSP-A
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
X
X
NPSP-B
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
X
X
NPSP-E
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
X
X
NPSU-A
405 x 205
2.4
25
X
X
NPSU-B
405 x 205
2.4
25
X
X
NSLT-A
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NSLT-B
405 x 225/205
0.9
25
X
NTAU-A
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
NVLS-A
405 x 225/205
1.7
25
X
NVLT-C
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NVLT-D
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NVLT-G
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NVLT-H
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NVLT-M
405 x 225/205
1.5
25
X
NVLT-N
405 x 225/205
1.2
25
X
NVLT-P
405 x 225/205
1.0
25
X
NVLT-Q
405 x 225/205
1.0
25
X
NVPS-A
405 x 225/205
TBA
25
X
NVSP-B
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
NVSP-C
405 x 225/205
2.1
25
X
NVSP-D
405 x 225/205
TBA
25
X
NVSU-A
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
(2 of 3)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
2-31
2 — Subracks
Plug-in unit
Applied in Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Size (mm)
Weight (kg)
Pitch (mm)
FD-LT
FD MTA Splitter
FD non-MTA Splitter
NVSU-B
405 x 225/205
2.4
25
X
X
X
NWCA-A AA
405 x 225/205
1.05
25
X
NWCA-A AB
405 x 225/205
0.8
25
X
(3 of 3)
Splitter Plug-in Units for XD Subracks Table 2-14 lists the size, weight and pitch of the different ed splitter plug-in units for the XD MTA splitter subrack and the XD non-MTA splitter subrack. Table 2-14 Overview of Splitter Plug-in Units for XD Splitter Subracks Splitter Plug-in Unit
2-32
Applied in Subrack Type
Mnemonic
Size (mm)
Weight (kg)
Pitch (mm)
XD MTA Splitter
XD non-MTA Splitter
CTAB-C
540 x 175
0.65
25
CTAS-C
540 x 220
0.75
25
PSPB-A
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
PSPB-B
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
PSPC-R
300 x 200
2.4
25
X
PSPS-A
540 x 220
2.4
25
X
PSPS-B
540 x 220
2.4
25
X
PSPS-C
540 x 220
2.4
25
X
PSPS-F
540 x 220
2.4
25
X
PSUB-A
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
PSUB-B
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
PSUS-A
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
TAUS-A
540 x 220
2.4
25
X
VSPB-A
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
VSUB-A
540 x 175
2.4
25
X
X X
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
3—
Physical Rack Equipment
3.1 General
3-2
3.2 Rack Cabinet
3-2
3.3 Side Plates
3-5
3.4 Rack Doors
3-6
3.5 Key Locks
3-7
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
3-1
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
3.1
General The rack equipment can be delivered as a preassembled rack or in separate kits. This rack assembly is a universal rack cabinet, dimensions 2200 mm x 600 mm x 300 mm, which can be equipped with subracks, accompanying fan units and power and alarm cabling. Each rack configuration is ordered with a specific ordering code. Different parts can also be delivered separately or in kits, the assembly is done on site at the customer.
3.2
Rack Cabinet
Cabinet Types Table 3-1 shows the specifications of the universal rack. Table 3-1 Cabinet Type used for FD Equipment Type
Code
Height
Floorspace
Drawing
Universal
3FE 28688 AA
2200 mm
600 x 300 mm
Figure 3-1
Figure 3-1 Rack for FD Equipment
3-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
Transport Bracket
The transport bracket is mounted on the universal rack to protect the door from damage during transport. Figure 3-2 Transport Bracket
Transport bracket
On site the bracket must be removed.
Cabling Space As shown in Figure 3-1, the universal cabinet provides the space required for MDF cabling. Position and dimensions of side holes are adapted for routing cables of all subracks in any configuration. If required, the bottom plate can be removed as shown in Figure 3-3, to free bottom holes that allow cable routing under raised floor.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
3-3
3 — Physical Rack Equipment Figure 3-3 Top and inside Bottom View
Top view
Bottom view inside cabinet
Floor plate mounted
3-4
Floor plate removed (cable routing via bottom holes)
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
3.3
Side Plates Table 3-2 specifies the items which are required to equip a universal rack with side plates (left or right). Table 3-2 Side Plate Fixing Items Description
Quantity
Item No. on Figure 3-4
Side plate
2
1
Screw M4
20
2
Washer M4
20
3
The same kit is used for mounting a side plate on the left or on the right. Figure 3-4 shows the right side plate. Figure 3-4 Mounting Side Plate on FD Racks
When mounting or dismounting the side plate, always remove the corner upright (item 4 in Figure 3-4) first. Each side plate is mounted with 5 screws and washers on the front and 5 screws and washers on the side. Refer to the 7302 ISAM FD Hardware Installation Manual for the installation procedure. Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
3-5
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
3.4
Rack Doors One universal door is available (code 3FE 20207 JC). The door opens to the left and can be closed by means of two door latch locks. Figure 3-5 FD Rack with Right Side Door
Refer to the 7302 ISAM FD Hardware Installation Manual for the installation procedure.
3-6
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
3.5
Key Locks The door latch locks can be replaced on site by key locks. A key lock kit can be ordered separately (code 3FE 25800 AA). This kit contains two key locks, two keys and instructions to replace the standard latch locks by key locks. Figure 3-6 Key Lock Kit
Refer to the 7302 ISAM FD Hardware Installation Manual for installation procedure.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
3-7
3 — Physical Rack Equipment
3-8
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
4—
Rack Configurations
4.1 General
4-2
4.2 Rack Configurations
4-2
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
4-1
4 — Rack Configurations
4.1
General This chapter describes the rack configurations for the 7302 FD subrack and FD splitter subrack. An 7302 FD LT/Combo rack contains:
• • • •
4.2
A rack cabinet: 2200 mm high or 1800 mm high. A door opening/closing on the left or the right side with a handle or a lock. One, two or three subrack(s) depending on the rack configuration. One fan unit per equipped LT subrack, for equipment cooling.
Rack Configurations Table 4-1 gives an overview of all the possible rack configurations with FD LT subracks only. These configurations are shown in Figure 4-1. Table 4-1 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks only
Code
3FE 27792 AA
Cabinet
3FE 28688 AA
SR 1 Fan1
SR 2 Fan 2
SR 3
3FE 27792 BA
3FE 27793 AA
3FE 27793 BA
3FE 27794 AA
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 NB)
(3EC 37533 ND(2))
(3EC 37533 NB(1))
(3EC 37533 ND(2))
(3EC 37533 NB)
-
-
-
-
-
-
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
NFXS-A
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
(3FE 26685 AA)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 NB)
(3EC 37533 ND)
(3EC 37533 NB)
-
-
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 3
-
-
-
-
AFAN-H (with dust filter) (3EC 37533 NB)
Notes (1) Normal noise fan unit (2) Low acoustic noise fan unit
4-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
4 — Rack Configurations Figure 4-1 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks only 3FE 27792 AA
3FE 27793 AA 3FE 27793 BA
3FE 27794 AA
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
Note — For rack configuration 3FE 27794 AA:
this configuration can only be used with a limited number combinations of LT boards, see section “Three FD LT Subracks in One Rack”. Table 4-2 and Table 4-3 give an overview of all the possible rack configurations with FD LT subracks and FD splitter subracks. These configurations are shown in Figure 4-2. Table 4-2 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks and FD splitter subracks Code
3FE 29852 AA
3FE 29852 BA
3FE 29853 AA
Cabinet
3FE 28688 AA
SR 1
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
Fan1
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
SR 2
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 2
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 NB(1))
(3EC 37533 ND(2))
(3EC 37533 NB(1))
SR 3
-
-
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 3
-
-
AFAN-H (with dust filter) (3EC 37533 NB(1))
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
4-3
4 — Rack Configurations Notes (1) Normal noise fan unit (2) Low acoustic noise fan unit
Table 4-3 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks and FD splitter subracks Code
3FE 29853 BA
3FE 62445 AA
3FE 63160 AA
Cabinet
3FE 28688 AA
SR 1
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
NFSS-B (3FE 62384 AA)
NFSS-B (3FE 62384 AA)
Fan1
not applicable
not applicable
not applicable
SR 2
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 2
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 ND(1))
(3EC 37533 ND(1))
(3EC 37533 ND(1))
SR 3
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
-
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 3
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
-
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 ND(1))
(3EC 37533 ND(1))
Notes (1) Low acoustic noise fan unit
Figure 4-2 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks and FD splitter subracks 3FE 29853 AA
FD non-MTA splitter subrack
3FE 29852 AA
3FE 29852 AB
3FE 29852 BA
3FE 29852 BB
FD non-MTA splitter subrack
3FE 62445 AA
3FE 63160 AA
FD MTA splitter subrack
FD MTA splitter subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD non-MTA splitter subrack
FD LT subrack
A
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
A: distance between mounting brackets is 167.5 mm
Table 4-4 gives an overview of all the possible rack configurations with FD LT subracks and XD splitter subracks. These configurations are shown in Figure 4-3.
4-4
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
4 — Rack Configurations Table 4-4 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks and XD splitter subracks Code
3FE 27790 AA
Cabinet
3FE 28688 AA
SR 1
ASPS-C (3FE 24594 AA)
ASPS-A (3FE 21591 BA)
Fan1
not applicable
not applicable
SR 2
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 2
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 NB)
3FE 27791 AA
Note: Mounting brackets 19” required
(3EC 37533 NB)
Figure 4-3 Rack Configurations with FD LT subracks and splitter subracks 3FE 27790 AA
3FE 27791 AA
Non-MTA splitter subrack
MTA splitter subrack
FD LT subrack
FD LT subrack
Table 4-5 gives an overview of all the possible rack configurations with FD LT subracks in 1.8 m rack. Table 4-5 Rack Configurations for 1.8 m racks Code
3FE 29852 AB
Cabinet
3FE 29537 AA(1)
3FE 29852 BB
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
4-5
4 — Rack Configurations
Code
3FE 29852 AB
3FE 29852 BB
SR 1
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
NFSS-A (3FE 29623 AA)
Fan1
not applicable
not applicable
SR 2
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
NFXS-A (3FE 26685 AA)
Fan 2
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
AFAN-H (with dust filter)
(3EC 37533 NB(2))
(3EC 37533 ND(3))
(2 of 2) Notes (1) Cabinet is 1.8 m high (2) Normal noise fan unit (3) Low acoustic noise fan unit
Three FD LT Subracks in One Rack When FD LT subracks are deployed in this configuration, only a limited number of combinations of NT boards and LT boards can be used. For more information on the applicable configurations, see the 7302 ISAM FD Hardware Installation manual.
Weight Information It is important to know if the floor can bear the weight of a specific rack configuration. The weight of the different rack configurations is listed in Table 4-6. Table 4-6 FD Rack Configuration Weights
4-6
Configuration
Weight
1 FD LT/Combo subrack
108 kg
2 FD LT/Combo subracks
156 kg
1 XD SP - 1 FD LT subrack
208 kg
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
5—
SFP Optical Modules
5.1 Introduction
5-2
5.2 Optical Fiber Management Capacity 5.3 SFP Optical Modules
5-2
5-3
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
5-1
5 — SFP Optical Modules
5.1
Introduction This section describes the optical fiber management capacity for the 7302 ISAM and lists the Alcatel-Lucent-approved Small Form Pluggable (SFP) modules that are ed for each board type.
5.2
Optical Fiber Management Capacity Due to some fibre handling and routing issues, some limitation apply on the number of fibres that can be ed by a given subrack type. Two types of fiber are considered:
• Standard fibre: Ø 3 mm • Thin fibre: Ø 1.6 mm For NT and NT I/O Boards For fibers directly connected to the NTs (where each NT s three Small Form Pluggable (SFP) fiber interfaces), the following applies:
• SFPs with thin fibers (thin fibre cross-section = 1.6 mm): On the NT slots, a maximum of 16 thin fibers or 8 per NT can be wired. So no restrictions to the maximum of 2 NT x 3SFPs/NT x 2 fibers per SFP = 12 thin fibers • SFPs with standard fibers (standard fibre cross-section = 3 mm): The limit of 4 standard fibers that can be wired for the sum of the 2 NT slots gives a restriction: that is, maximum 2 SFPs with standard fiber for the sum of 2 NTs.
For Optical LT Boards Table 5-1 shows the fiber management capacity per LT slot for the different optical fiber types. Table 5-1 Fiber Management Capacity per LT Slot Fiber Cable Diameter
Maximum Number of Cables per LT Slot
3 mm
16
1.6 mm
32
Up to 18 LT boards are ed in an FD subrack, on the condition that there are no rack and cabling restrictions at the customer side. The following tables show the fiber management capacity per subrack for the different optical fiber types if the Alcatel-Lucent fiber management kit 3FE 61087 AA is being used.
• Table 5-2 for NELT-x boards • Table 5-3 for NGLT-x boards
5-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
5 — SFP Optical Modules Table 5-2 Fiber Management Capacity per Subrack for NELT-x Boards Fiber Cable Diameter
Maximum Number of Cables per Subrack
3 mm
10 NELT boards (5 boards in each side of the subrack) with 16 fibers per slot Note: this is not applicable for the NELT-B board, only for the NELT-A board.
2 mm
16 NELT boards (8 boards in each side of the subrack) with 36 fibers per slot (tight per fiber conduct).
1.6 mm
16 NELT boards (8 boards in each side of the subrack) with 36 fibers per slot
Table 5-3 Fiber Management Capacity per Subrack for NGLT-x Boards Fiber Cable Diameter
Maximum Number of Cables per Subrack
3 mm
16 NGLT-x boards (8 boards in each side of the subrack) with 8 fibers per slot
1.6 mm
16 NGLT-x boards (8 boards in each side of the subrack) with 8 fibers per slot
Note (1)
The NGLT-x boards must only be used in ISAM systems with an FD 100Gbps or an FD 320Gbps NT board
The limitation in capacity is driven by the fiber management kit.
5.3
SFP Optical Modules Table 5-4 lists the Alcatel-Lucent-approved Small Form Pluggable (SFP) optical modules that are ed for each board type. Table 5-5 lists different characteristics of these SFP modules.
NGLT-A
NELT-B
NELT-A
NCNC-F
NCNC-D
NCNC-B
NANT-E
Description
NANT-D
Code
NANT-A
Table 5-4 ed SFP Modules per Board Type
Fast Ethernet SFP 3FE 25777 AA
FE-FX
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25778 AA
FE-LX10
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29194 AA
FE BX-10-D
Y
Y
3FE 29194 BA
FE BX-10-D
3FE 29195 AA
FE BX-10-U
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
(1 of 3)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
5-3
NELT-B
Y
Y
NGLT-A
NELT-A
NCNC-F
NCNC-D
100Base-T
NCNC-B
3FE 63343 AA
NANT-E
Description
NANT-D
Code
NANT-A
5 — SFP Optical Modules
Fast Ethernet SFP with SGMII Interface 3FE 29625 DA
100Base-LX10
Y
Y
3FE 28784 AA
1000Base-T
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 64927 AA
1000Base-T
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Copper SFP
Gigabit Ethernet SFP 3FE 25773 AA
GE-SX
Y
3FE 25773 CA
GE-SX
Y
3FE 25774 AA
GE-LX
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25775 AA
GE-EX
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25776 AA
GE-ZX
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25776 BA
GE-ZX
Y
3FE 25771 AA
GE-YX
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AB
CWDM
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AD
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AE
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AF
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AG
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AH
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29551 CA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29552 CA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29553 CA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29554 CA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 29555 CA
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25771 AC
3FE 25771 CA 3FE 29549 CA 3FE 29550 CA
(24 dB)
GE-VX CWDM (32 dB)
Y
3FE 25772 AA
GE-BX10-U
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 25772 AB
GE-BX10-D
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 28785 AA
GE-BX40-U
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 28785 AB
GE-BX40-D
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
3FE 63289 AA
GE-PX20
Y
Y
2.5 Gigabit Ethernet SFP (2 of 3)
5-4
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
NGLT-A
Y
NELT-B
2500-LX
NELT-A
3FE 61083 AA
NCNC-F
Y
NCNC-D
2500-SX
NCNC-B
3FE 61082 AA
NANT-D
Description
NANT-A
Code
NANT-E
5 — SFP Optical Modules
Y
10 Gigabit Ethernet XFP 3FE 50712 BB
10GE-LX
Y
3FE 50712 CB
10GE-EX
Y
SFP+ 3FE 62600 AA
10GE-LR
Y
Y
3FE 62600 CA
10GE-LR
Y
Y
3FE 62600 DA
10GE-LR
Y
Y
3FE 63264 AA
10GE-SR
Y
Y
3FE 65831 AA
10GE-ER
Y
Y
E1 SFP 3FE 61681 AA
E1 SFP
Y
Y
Y
Dual SFP 3FE 65106 AA
GE-BX10-D
Y
3FE 65107 AA
FE-BX10-D
Y
FE-BX10-D
Y
GE-BX-10-D
Y
3FE 66131
AA(1)
GPON SFP 3FE 53441 AC
GPON SFP B+
Y
3FE 53441 BC
GPON SFP C+
Y
(3 of 3) Notes (1) This is a dual-rate compact SFP
Table 5-5 Characteristics of Approved SFP Modules Code
Description
Wavelength (nm)
Operating Case Temp. Range (°C)
Optical Budget (dB)
Reach (km)
Fiber
Bidi /Uni
UDS(1)
DAAA
Fast Ethernet SFP 3FE 25777 AA
FE-FX
1310
-40..+85
12
0.550
MM
Uni
3FE 25778 AA
FE-LX10
1310
-40..+85
16
15
SM
Uni
(1 of 3)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
5-5
5 — SFP Optical Modules
Code
Description
Wavelength (nm)
Operating Case Temp. Range (°C)
Optical Budget (dB)
Reach (km)
Fiber
Bidi /Uni
UDS(1)
3FE 29194 AA
FE BX-10-D
TX: 1550
-40..+85
14
10
SM
Bidi
FAAA
-40..+85
14
10
SM
Bidi
-40..+85
14
10
SM
Bidi
0..+70
NA
0.100
Cat5
NA
PAAA
RX: 1310 3FE 29194 BA
FE BX-10-D
TX: 1490 RX: 1310
3FE 29195 AA
FE BX-10-U
TX: 1310 RX: 1550
3FE 63343 AA
100Base-T
NA
Fast Ethernet SFP with SGMII Interface 3FE 29625 DA
100Base-LX10
1310
-40..+85
13
15
SM
Uni
HAAA
3FE 28784 AA
1000Base-T
NA
0..+85
NA
0.100
Cat5
NA
EAAA
3FE 64927 AA
1000Base-T
NA
-40..+85
NA
0.100
Cat5
NA
Copper SFP
Gigabit Ethernet SFP 3FE 25773 AA
GE-SX
850
-40..+85
7
0.550
MM
Uni
3FE 25773 CA
GE-SX
850
-10..+85
7
0.550
MM
Uni
3FE 25774 AA
GE-LX
1310
-40..+85
11
10
SM
Uni
3FE 25775 AA
GE-EX
1310
-40..+85
18
40
SM
Uni
3FE 25776 AA
GE-ZX
1550
-40..+85
24
80
SM
Uni
3FE 25776 BA
GE-ZX
1550
-25..+85
24
80
SM
Uni
3FE 25771 AA
GE-YX
1471
-40..+85
22
62
SM
Uni
3FE 25771 AB
CWDM
1491
-5..+85
31
120
SM
Uni
3FE 25771 AC
(24 dB)
1531
3FE 25771 AE
1551
3FE 25771 AF
1571
3FE 25771 AG
1591
3FE 25771 AH
1611
3FE 29549 CA 3FE 29550 CA
GE-VX CWDM (32 dB)
AAAA
1511
3FE 25771 AD
3FE 25771 CA
CAAA
1471 1491 1511
3FE 29551 CA
1531
3FE 29552 CA
1551
3FE 29553 CA
1571
3FE 29554 CA
1591
3FE 29555 CA
1611
(2 of 3)
5-6
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
5 — SFP Optical Modules
Code
Description
Wavelength (nm)
Operating Case Temp. Range (°C)
Optical Budget (dB)
Reach (km)
Fiber
Bidi /Uni
UDS(1)
3FE 25772 AA
GE-BX10-U
TX: 1310
-40..+85
9
10
SM
Bidi
GAAA
-40..+85
9
10
SM
Bidi
-40..+85
19
40
SM
Bidi
-40..+85
19
40
SM
Bidi
-10..+75
26
20
MM
Bidi
KAAA
NAAA
RX: 1490 3FE 25772 AB
GE-BX10-D
TX: 1490 RX: 1310
3FE 28785 AA
GE-BX40-U
TX: 1310 RX: 1550
3FE 28785 AB
GE-BX40-D
TX: 1550 RX: 1310
3FE 63289 AB
GE-PX20
TX: 1310 RX: 1490
2.5 Gigabit Ethernet SFP 3FE 61082 AA
2500-SX
1310
-40..+85
7
7
SM
Uni
3FE 61083 AA
2500-LX
1310
-40..+85
10.5
20
SM
Uni
10 Gigabit Ethernet XFP 3FE 50712 BB
10GE-LX
1310
-40..+85
6
10
SM
Uni
3FE 50712 CB
10GE-EX
1550
-40..+85
11
40
SM
Uni
3FE 62600 AA
10GE-LR
1310
-40..+85
6
10
SM
Uni
3FE 62600 CA
10GE-LR
1310
-5..+85
6
10
SM
Uni
3FE 62600 DA
10GE-LR
1310
0..+70
6
10
SM
Uni
3FE 63264 AA
10GE-SR
850
-40..+85
7.3
0.3
SM
Uni
3FE 65831 AA
10GE-ER
1550
-40..+85
11
40
SM
Uni
E1 SFP
NA
-40..+70
NA
0.770
NA
Uni
GE-BX10-D
TX: 1490
-40..+85
9
10
SM
Bidi
-40..+85
14
10
SM
Bidi
8 (FE)
10
SM
Bidi
JAAA
SFP+ MAAA
E1 SFP 3FE 61681 AA
LAAA
Dual SFP 3FE 65106 AA
RX: 1310 3FE 65107 AA
FE-BX10-D
TX: 1550 RX: 1310
3FE 66131 AA
FE-BX10-D
TX: 1490
GE-BX10-D
RX: 1310
Class B+, normal
TX: 1490
Class C+, normal
TX: 1490
-40..+85
TAAA
9 (GE)
GPON SFP 3FE 53441 AC 3FE 53441 BA
-40..+85
28
30
SM
Bidi
-5..+70
32
60
SM
Bidi
RX: 1310
RAAA
RX: 1310
(3 of 3) Note (1)
For more detailed information on the different characteristics of the SFP module, refer to UDS 3HH 01046 xxxx TQZZA (where xxxx is the document variant indicated in this column).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
5-7
5 — SFP Optical Modules
5-8
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
A.
Board Mnemonics
A.1 Board Mnemonics
A-2
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
A-1
A. Board Mnemonics
A.1
Board Mnemonics Table A-1 gives the used board mnemonics with their description. Table A-1 Mnemonics Mnemonic
Description
AFAN-H
ADSL Fan unit - version H
CTAS-C
SHDSL Cut-through Applique - version C
NALT-B/C
ADSL Line Termination Unit (POTS) for FD subrack - version B/C
NALT-D
ADSL Line Termination Unit (ISDN) for FD subrack - version D
NALT-E (AA)
MultiDSL OD-LT (POTS) - version E
NALT-E (AB)
MultiDSL CO-LT (POTS) - version E
NALT-J (AA)
MultiDSL OD-LT (POTS) - version J
NALT-J (BA)
MultiDSL CO-LT (POTS) - version J
NALT-K (BA)
MultiDSL CO-LT (ISDN) - version K
NALT-L
MultiDSL CO-LT (POTS) - version L
NALT-M
MultiDSL CO-LT (POTS) with MELT - version M
NALS-A
MultiDSL OD Combined Line Termination/Splitter Board (POTS) - version A
NALS-B
MultiDSL OD Combined Line Termination/Splitter Board (ISDN) - version B
NALS-C
MultiDSL OD Combined Line Termination/Splitter Board (POTS) - version C
NANT-A
Combined NT Unit (24Gbps) for FD subrack - version A
NANT-D
Combined NT Unit (100Gbps) for FD subrack - version D
NANT-E
Combined NT Unit (320Gbps) for FD subrack - version E
NBAT-A/B
FD ISDN Basic Rate Access Line Termination Unit - version A/B
NCNC-B
FD FE/GE Network Termination I/O Applique - version B
NCNC-D
FD FE/GE Network Termination I/O Applique - version D
NCNC-F
FD 10GE Network Termination I/O Applique - version F
NCNC-G
GPON Network Termination I/O Applique - version G
NELT-A
16 line FD Fast Ethernet Line Termination Unit - version A
NELT-B
36 line FD Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet Line Termination Unit - version B
NFXS-A
FD FleXible Shelf - version A
NGLT-A
GPON Line Termination Board- version A
NPOT-A
FD POTS Only Line Termination Unit - version A
NPOT-B
FD POTS Only Line Termination Unit - version B
NPSP-A
MII ive POTS Splitter without MTA for FD subrack - version A
NPSP-B AA
ETSI ive 48 port POTS splitter for FD - version B
NPSP-B AF
ETSI ive 48 port POTS splitter with MTA for FD - version B
NPSP-E
ETSI ive 72 port POTS splitter with MTA for FD - version E
(1 of 2)
A-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
A. Board Mnemonics
Mnemonic
Description
NPSU-A
ETSI 48 port POTS/ISDN splitter for FD- version A
NSLT-A
FD SHDSL Line Termination - version A
NSLT-B
FD SHDSL Line Termination with MELT - version B
NVLS-A
48 ports low power VDSL2 POTS Line Termination Board with integrated splitter - version A
NVLT-C
48 ports VDSL2 POTS Line Termination Board - version C
NVLT-D
48 ports VDSL2 ISDN Line Termination Board - version D
NVLT-G
48 ports VDSL2 POTS Line Termination Board - version G
NVLT-H
48 ports VDSL2 ISDN Line Termination Board - version H
NVLT-M
48 ports VDSL2 Line Termination Board with MELT - version M
NVLT-N
48 ports low power VDSL2 POTS Line Termination Board with MELT - version N
NVLT-P
48 ports low power VDSL2 POTS Line Termination Board - version P
NVLT-Q
48 ports low power VDSL2 ISDN Line Termination Board - version Q
NVPS-A
FD Voice Package Server - version A
NVSP-B
ETSI ive 48 port POTS splitter for FD - version B
NVSU-A/B
ETSI 48 port POTS/ISDN splitter for FD - version A/B
PSPC-R
ive Splitter-Central office for POTS - version R
PSPS-A
48 Port ive POTS Splitter - version A (MII)
PSPS-B
48 Port ive POTS Splitter - version B (ETSI)
PSPS-C
48 Port ive POTS Splitter - version C (BT)
PSPS-F
48 Port ive POTS Splitter - version C (BT)
PSUS-A
48 Port ive POTS/ISDN Splitter - version A (48 lines, 2B1Q ISDN)
TAUS-A
Test Acces Unit - version A
(2 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
A-3
A. Board Mnemonics
A-4
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
Index
Numbers
N
7302 FD subrack characteristics, 2-3 configurations, 4-2
network topology, 1-2 network side, 1-4 side, 1-3
D
O
Dimensioning, 1-27
optical fiber capacity, 5-2 management, 5-2
F FD MTA splitter subrack characteristics, 2-16 FD non-MTA splitter subrack characteristics, 2-21
I IWF capabilities, 1-27
M management network, 1-25 MELT , 2-10 MTA , 1-41
R redundancy 1 N LT, 1-41 1+1 NT, 1-39
S service capacity specifications, 1-38 SFP modules, 5-3 system architecture, 1-6 IHub, 1-24 SHub, 1-23
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 June 2011 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released Product Information
IN-1
Index T — XD splitter subrack without MTA
T Technical specifications distance and performance, 1-38 P-OLT connection capacity, 1-38 service capacity specifications, 1-38
X XD splitter subrack with MTA characteristics, 2-24 XD splitter subrack without MTA characteristics, 2-27
IN-2
June 2011 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2.03 Product Information Edition 03 Released 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA
Customer documentation and product
Customer documentation http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/myaccess Product manuals and documentation updates are available at alcatel-lucent.com. If you are a new and require access to this service, please your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.
Technical http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/
Documentation [email protected]
© 2011 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved. 3HH-08995-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03 Released
Related Documents 171j1w
7302 Product Information Manual 5vs4i
July 2021 0
Terrazyme Product Information 2m531x
February 2022 0
Important Product Information 1u1h5u
December 2019 48
Vasu Product Information Guide 2i2e3g
December 2019 59
Unicity Product Information 3b8r
December 2021 0